IMAGING DYNAMICS INC
SB-2/A, 1997-10-22
PLASTIC MATERIALS, SYNTH RESINS & NONVULCAN ELASTOMERS
Previous: AT HOME CORP, 8-K, 1997-10-22
Next: NEWRIDERS INC, 10SB12G/A, 1997-10-22



As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 1997
                            Registration No. 333-5374

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                    FORM SB-2

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER THE
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.
               (Exact name of Registrant as specified in Charter)

New Jersey                                                      22-3378935
(State of                  (Primary standard industrial     I.R.S. employer
Incorporation)              classification code)            Identification No.

                                 53 Century Road
                            Paramus, New Jersey 07657
                                 (201) 265-7117
          (Address and Telephone Number of Principal Executive Offices)

                           Stephen Saltman, President
                                 53 Century Road
                            Paramus, New Jersey 07657
                                 (201) 265-7117

            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

                                   Copies To:
  Mitchell Lampert, Esq.                               Michael Koblenz, Esq.
  Lampert & Lampert                                    Mound Cotton & Wollan
  10 East 40th Street                                  1 Battery Park Plaza
  New York, New York 10016                             New York, New York  10004
 (212) 889-7300                                       (212) 804-4200

Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed  sale to the public:  As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the Securities Act  registration  number of the earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [ ]

If any of the securities being registered on this Form SB-2 are to be offered on
a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1993, please
check the following box: [x]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities  Act,  please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]

     If delivery of a  prospectus  is expected to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration  Statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  Registration  Statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

====================================================================================================================================
  Title of Each Class                                      Maximum                    Maximum                  Amount of
    of Securities              Amount Being             Offering Price               Aggregate               Registration
   Being Registered             Registered               Per Security (1)          Offering Price(1)               Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>                        <C>                       <C>                        <C>      
Units, consisting of
Common Stock, no
par value
Warrants(2)                 1,150,000                  $7.00                     $8,050,000                 $2,775.64
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock
Purchase
Warrants (3)                3,450,000                  $.10                      $345,000                   $118.96
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock
no par value (4)            3,450,000                  $9.00                     $31,050,000                $10,706.04
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Underwriter's
Warrants (5)                100,000                    $100.00                   nil                        nil (6)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock,
Purchase
Warrants (7)                300,000                    $.12                      $36,000                    $12.41
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock,
no par
value (8)                   100,000                    $8.40                     $840,000                   $289.63
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock,
no par value (9)            300,000                    $8.40                     $2,520,000                 $868.90
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, no
par value (10)              140,000                    $6.00                     $840,000                   $289.63
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock
Purchase
Warrants (11)               140,000                    $.10                      $14,000                    $4.83
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals...........                                                                $43,695,000                $15,066.04(12)
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


     (1) Total estimated  solely for the purpose of determining the registration
fee.

     (2) Includes  150,000  shares of Common Stock subject to sale upon exercise
of the  Underwriter's  Over-allotment  Option granted to the  Underwriter by the
Company.

     (3)  Includes  450,000  Redeemable  Common  Stock  purchase  warrants  (the
"Warrants")  subject to sale upon exercise of the Underwriter's  Over- allotment
Option granted to the Underwriter.

     (4)  Issuable   upon   exercise  of  the   Warrants,   together  with  such
indeterminate number of securities as may be issuable by reason of anti-dilution
provisions contained therein.

     (5) Represent  warrants to be issued to the Underwriter to purchase 100,000
shares of Common Stock and 300,000 Warrants (the "Underwriter's  Warrants"). See
"Underwriting."
<PAGE>
     (6) No fee due pursuant to Rule 457(g).

     (7)  Represents  Warrants  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  Underwriter's
Warrants.

     (8)  Represents  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the
Underwriter's Warrants, together with such indeterminate number of securities as
may be issuable by reason of anti-dilution provisions contained therein.

     (9)  Represents  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise  of
Warrants  issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriter's  Warrants,  together with
such  indeterminate  number  of  securities  as may be  issuable  by  reason  of
anti-dilution provisions contained therein.

     (10)  Represents  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of the
Warrants sold in the Company's April 1997 private placement.

     (11)  Represents  Warrants  issued  pursuant  to the  Company's  April 1997
private placement.

     (12) The Company previously paid $9,344.77 in connection with its filing on
August 6, 1996.




                                       ii


<PAGE>
                 Cross Reference Sheet Pursuant to Rule 404 (a)
                      Showing the Location In Prospectus of
                   Information Required by Items of Form SB-2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




         Item in Form SB-2                                             Prospectus Caption

<S>                                                                    <C>                
 1.      Forepart of the Registration                                  Cover Page and Cover Page of Registration
         Statement and Outside Front                                   Statement
         Cover Page of Prospectus

 2.      Inside Front and Outside                                      Continued Cover Page, Table of Contents
         Back Cover Pages of
         Prospectus

 3.      Summary Information and                                       Prospectus, Summary, Risk Factors,
         Risk Factors                                                  Summary Financial Information


 4.      Use of Proceeds                                               Use of Proceeds

 5.      Determination of Offering                                     Cover Page, Underwriting, Risk Factors
         Price

 6.      Dilution                                                      Risk Factors, Dilution

 7.      Selling Securityholders                                       Principal and Selling Stockholders

 8.      Plan of Distribution                                          Cover Page, Underwriting

 9.      Legal Proceedings                                             Business

10.      Directors, Executive Officers                                 Management
         Promoters and Certain Control
         Persons

11.      Security Ownership of                                         Principal and Selling Stockholders
         Certain Beneficial Owners
         and Management



                                       iii


<PAGE>
12.      Description of Securities                                     Description of Securities

13.      Interest of Named Experts                                     Legal Opinions, Experts
         and Counsel

14.      Disclosure of Commission Position                             Management and Item 24. Indemnification
         on Securities Act Liabilities                                 Officers and Directors

15.      Organization Within Five Years                                Prospectus Summary, Business, Principal and
                                                                       Selling Stockholders, Certain Relationships
                                                                       and Related Transactions, Risk Factors

16.      Description of Business                                       Business

17.      Management's Discussion                                       Management's Discussion and Analysis of
         and Analysis or Plan of Operation                             Financial Condition and Results of Operations


18.      Description of Property                                       Business

19.      Certain Relationships and Related                             Certain Relationships and Related
         Transactions                                                  Transactions

20.      Market for Common Equity                                      Not Applicable
         and Related Stockholder
         Matters

21.      Executive Compensation                                        Management

22.      Financial Statements                                          Financial Statements

23.      Changes in and Disagreements                                  Not Applicable
         with Accountants and Financial
         Disclosure

</TABLE>



                                       iv


<PAGE>
           Preliminary prospectus subject to completion, dated           , 1997


PROSPECTUS
                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.

                                 1,000,000 Units
               Consisting of 1,000,000 Shares of Common Stock and
                      3,000,000 Class A Redeemable Warrants

         This  Prospectus  relates to an offering (the  "Offering") of 1,000,000
units (the "Units"),  each Unit  consisting of one share of common stock, no par
value per share (the "Common Stock") and three Class A Redeemable  Warrants (the
"Warrants"), of Imaging Dynamics, Inc. (the "Company") being sold by the Company
through  Global  Equities  Group,  Inc.  (the  "Underwriter").   The  securities
comprising the Units will be separately  transferable  days from the date hereof
(the "Separation  Date"). Each Warrant entitles the registered holder thereof to
purchase,  at any time during the period  commencing on the Separation Date, one
share of Common  Stock at a price of $9.00 per share  through a date three years
following the Separation  Date.  Commencing on the Separation Date, the Warrants
are  redeemable  by the Company at any time,  upon  thirty  days'  notice,  at a
redemption price of $.05 per warrant, provided that the closing bid quotation of
the Common  Stock for each of the thirty  trading  days  ending on the third day
prior to the day on which the Company gives notice has been at least 150% of the
exercise price of the Warrants being redeemed. The Units, shares of Common Stock
and the Warrants underlying the Units are sometimes  collectively referred to as
the  "Securities."  See  "Description  of Securities" and "Principal and Selling
Securityholders."

         This  Registration  Statement  also relates to the offer and sale of an
aggregate  of 140,000  warrants  (the  "Private  Placement  Warrants")  owned by
certain selling  securityholders  (the "Selling  Securityholders").  The Private
Placement  Warrants and shares of Common Stock underlying the Private  Placement
Warrants are being registered pursuant to registration rights agreements entered
into by the  Company  and the  Selling  Securityholders.  The  Company  will not
receive  any of the  proceeds  from the sale of such  securities.  See  "Selling
Securityholders",  "Selling Securityholders'  Offering", "Plan of Operation" and
"Underwriting".

         THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND
                  IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION TO INVESTORS.
                        SEE "RISK FACTORS" AND DILUTION."

          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

=================================================================================================================
                                       Price to                    Discounts and              Proceeds to
                                        Public                    Commission (1)              the Company
                                                                                                 (2)(3)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>                           <C>                       <C>  
Per Unit (4).............                $7.30                         $.73                      $6.57
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share................                $7.00                         $.70                      $6.30
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Warrant............                  $.10                          $.01                       $.09
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (5)...............              $7,300,000                     $730,000                  $6,570,000
=================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(footnotes on following page)
                           GLOBAL EQUITIES GROUP, INC.
              The date of this Prospectus is _______________, 1997.


<PAGE>
     (1)  Does  not  include  additional  compensation  to be  received  by  the
Underwriter,  including (i) a  non-accountable  expense allowance equal to 3% of
the gross proceeds of the Offering,  which includes  $30,000 paid to date;  (ii)
warrants  entitling the  Underwriter to purchase from the Company  100,000 Units
(the  "Underwriter's  Warrants")  at  120%  of  their  public  offering  prices,
exercisable for a period of four years  commencing one year from the date of the
Prospectus;  and (iii) the right for five  years,  to  designate  one nominee to
serve on the Company's Board of Directors or to serve as a board  observer.  The
Company  has  also  agreed  to  indemnify  the   Underwriter   against   certain
liabilities,  including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."

     (2) Before deduction of expenses of the Offering,  all or which are payable
by  the  Company,   estimated  at  $457,580   ($490,430  if  the   Underwriter's
Over-allotment  Option is exercised in full),  which includes the  Underwriter's
non-accountable  expenses  allowance,  as well  as  filing,  legal,  accounting,
printing and other costs and expenses.

     (3) Before deducting a 3%  non-accountable  expense allowance being paid by
the  Company to the  Underwriter  of  $219,000  ($251,850  if the  Underwriter's
Over-allotment option is exercised in full).

     (4) The shares of Common Stock and  Warrants are being sold as Units,  at a
purchase price of $7.30 per Unit,  whereby the Company and the Underwriter  have
determined in negotiations that the price per share and per Warrant is $7.00 and
$.10, respectively.

     (5) The Company has granted the  Underwriter  options,  exercisable  within
thirty  (30)  days  from  the  date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to an
additional  150,000  Units on the same  terms set forth  above,  solely  for the
purpose of covering over-allotments.  If such options are exercised in full, the
total Price to the Public,  Underwriting  Discounts and Commission,  Proceeds to
Company  and  Proceeds  to  the  Company  will  be  $8,395,000,   $839,500,  and
$7,555,500, respectively. See "Underwriting".

         Prior  to this  Offering,  there  has  been no  public  market  for the
Company's  Securities and there can be no assurance that any market will develop
therefor. The Company has applied for listing of the Units, the shares of Common
Stock and the Warrants on the Nasdaq SmallCap Stock Market  ("Nasdaq") under the
symbols "IMAGU", "IMAG" and "IMAGW", respectively,  although no assurance can be
given as to whether and when such listing will be obtained.  Quotation on Nasdaq
does not imply that a meaningful,  sustained market for the Company's Securities
will develop or if developed  that it will be sustained  for any period of time.
In the event the Company's  Securities  are not listed on Nasdaq,  the Company's
Securities will be available for trading only in over-the-counter  market on the
OTC Bulletin  Board.  The offering price of the Units,  the Common Stock and the
Warrants,  as well as the exercise  price of the  Warrants,  were  determined in
negotiations  between the Company and the  Underwriter on an arbitrary basis and
bear no direct  relationship  to the assets,  earnings  or any other  recognized
criteria of value.  The prices  should in no event,  however,  be regarded as an
indication of any future  market price of the Common Stock or the Warrants.  See
"Risk Factors", "Underwriting" and "Use of Proceeds".
<PAGE>
         The  Securities are being sold by the Company  through Global  Equities
Group, Inc. (the  "Underwriter"),  on a "firm commitment" basis subject to prior
sale,  when,  as and if accepted by the  Underwriter  and subject to approval of
certain  legal  matters  by  counsel  for  the  Underwriter  and  certain  other
conditions.  The  Underwriter  reserves the right to withdraw,  cancel or modify
such  offer  and  reject  any  order in whole or in part.  It is  expected  that
delivery of certificates  representing  the Securities being sold hereby will be
made against payment therefor at the offices of Global Equities, Inc., 5 Hanover
Square, New York, New York on or about ____________, 1997.

         IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITER  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS  WHICH  STABILIZE  OR  MAINTAIN  THE  MARKET  PRICE  OF THE
COMPANY'S  SECURITIES AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE
OPEN MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY DISCONTINUE AT ANY TIME.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  Company's  fiscal year end is  December  31. The Company has filed
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission") a Registration
Statement on Form SB-2 under the  Securities  Act, with respect to the Units and
securities  underlying the Units to which this Prospectus  relates. As permitted
by the rules and regulations of the Commission, this Prospectus does not contain
all of the  information  set forth in the  Registration  Statement.  For further
information  with  respect to the Company  and the  Securities  offered  hereby,
reference is made to the Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto,
which may be  copied  and  inspected  at the  Public  Reference  Section  of the
Commission at its principal office at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.,
20549 or at its regional office at 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York.

     The Company will be subject to the informational  reporting requirements of
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  upon
completion of this  Offering,  and in accordance  therewith,  will file periodic
reports,  proxy  statements and other  information  with the Commission.  In the
event the Company's  obligation to file such periodic reports,  proxy statements
and other  information is suspended,  the Company will  voluntarily  continue to
file such  information  with the Commission.  The Company will distribute to its
stockholders  annual reports containing audited financial  statements,  together
with an opinion by its auditing  accountants.  In addition,  the Company may, in
its discretion,  furnish quarterly reports to stockholders  containing unaudited
financial information for the first three quarters of each year.

         In addition to the 1,000,000  Units being  offered by the Company,  the
Registration  Statement  of which this  Prospectus  forms a part also covers the
offering of 140,000  warrants (by certain Selling  Securityholders.  The Company
consummated   a  private   placement   offering  in  April  1997  (the  "Private
Placement"),  whereby the Company  sold 7 units,  each unit was  comprised  of a
promissory note (the "Notes") in the amount of $50,000  bearing  interest at the
rate of 10% per annum,  and 20,000 common stock purchase  warrants at a purchase
price of $52,000  per unit.  The Notes sold in the private  placement  are to be
repaid by the Company  from the proceeds of this  Offering.  The proceeds of the
Private  Placement  were used by the  Company as working  capital to finance its
operations.  See "Risk Factors,"  "Capitalization  Private  Placement",  "Use of
Proceeds" and "Principal and Selling Securityholders."





                                        3

<PAGE>


                                     SUMMARY

     The following  summary is intended to set forth certain pertinent facts and
highlights from material  contained in the body of this Prospectus.  The summary
is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  the  detailed  information  and  financial
statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                   THE COMPANY

     Imaging  Dynamics,  Inc. (the "Company" or "IDI") is a developmental  stage
corporation  that was  formed  in June  1995 to  commercialize  its  proprietary
industrial process (the "IDI Process"). The IDI Process combines digital imaging
and bonding  technology  in order to replicate  patterns in natural and man made
materials and images for vertical and horizontal durable surfacing.

     The IDI Process  comprises  software,  hardware and proprietary  techniques
which  allow  analog and  digitally  based  images to be  converted  into a high
resolution digital format (2500 dpi). The image is then manipulated and enhanced
using custom software designed to remove imperfections in the original image and
increase the clarity when viewed  through the  polymer-silica  material to which
the image is ultimately bonded.

     Using the IDI Process,  the image can be  recolored  and  reformatted  with
respect to size,  shape,  geometry  and detail.  New  artistic  elements  can be
integrated which were not in the original image.

     The image is then printed on polyester sheets utilizing  chemical  formulas
specially  designed for optimizing and enhancing the optical  characteristics of
the image when viewed  through the  polymer-silica  material.  Depending  on the
ultimate application, the thickness of the polymer-silica material can vary from
1/8" to 5/8". The finished product can then be inserted into  traditional  stock
framing systems for cabinets,  furniture, wall systems, and panels, as well as a
variety of other uses.

     Products  manufactured  using the IDI Process are  characterized by extreme
sharpness and accurate vibrant color. The dimensional appearance is enhanced due
to a high  level of  definition  at the edge of the image  which is  created  by
shading  techniques  and a controlled  level of contrast.  The images  replicate
natural  patterns such as marbles,  granites,  woods or man made designs such as
paintings, photographs, computer art and wall covering designs and patterns. The
IDI Process allows for a high degree of customization and short production runs.

     The physical  properties  of the  polymer-silica  material  utilized by the
Company  in the  manufacture  of its  products  is harder  than  many  competing
materials.   The  polymer-silica  material  is  stain  and  chemical  resistant,
sanitary,  crack resistant and shatter proof. The Company believes that products
manufactured  using the IDI Process are easier and cheaper to install than stone
or  Corian.  The  Company  also  believes  that the IDI  Process  allows for the
creation of more patterns and custom design features than Formica(TM).

     The  Company  believes  that the major  markets for its  products  are home
decorating,  office design,  furniture  construction for home, retail and office
uses,  commercial  graphics  and  advertising,  large  format  convention  booth
construction  and retail  display  fixtures  and  buildouts.  The  Company  also
believes  that there exists a market for the  reproduction  of fine art, both in
its  original  size and  form as well as in  shapes  and  forms  other  than the
original  canvas.  The Company  believes  that the use of the IDI Process in the
reproduction  of fine art will result in pieces that exhibit higher  resolution,
realism  and  conformance  to the  original  than the  traditional  lithographic
printing systems.

     The company  maintains its principal  offices at 53 Century,  Paramus,  New
Jersey 07657.  The Company's  telephone  number at its principal office is (201)
265-7117.










                                        4

<PAGE>

                                 THE OFFERING(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>
Securities Offered (2):
  Units                    Each Unit is  comprised  of one share of Common Stock
                           and three  Warrants at a purchase  price of $7.30 per
                           Unit.  The  Securities  underlying the Units shall be
                           separately tradeable immediately.

  The Company              1,000,000 Units

Price Per:

  Unit                     $7.30
  Share                    $7.00
  Warrant                  $0.10

Securities Outstanding Prior
  to the Offering:

  Common Stock             2,005,000 Shares
  Warrants                 0 (3)

Securities Outstanding After
  the Offering:

  Common Stock             3,005,000 Shares
  Warrants                 3,000,000 Warrants (3)

  Terms of the Warrants    Each Warrant sold in this Offering entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of
                           Common Stock at an exercise price of $9.00, subject to adjustment, during an exercise
                           period commencing one year from the date hereof, for a period of three years, until
                           ___________, 2001. The Warrants are redeemable by the Company at any time commencing
                           one year from the date of this Prospectus upon 30 days notice, at a redemption price of $.05
                           per Warrant, provided that the closing bid quotation of the Company's Common Stock for at
                           least 20 consecutive trading days ending not more than 15 days prior to the date on which
                           the Company gives notice, has been at least 150% of the then effective exercise price of the
                           Warrants.  The Private Placement Warrants sold in the Company's April 1997 private
                           placement entitle the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise
                           price of $6.00 per share at any time prior to April 17, 2000. The Company has been advised
                           by the Underwriter that the Underwriter does not intend to make a market in the Private
                           Placement Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the owners of the Private Placement
                           Warrants can exercise their warrants and receive shares of the Company's Common Stock
                           identical to the shares of Common Stock offered herein.  See "Description of Securities -
                           Warrants."








<PAGE>

  Use Of Proceeds          The net proceeds of this Offering, estimated at $5,893,420, will be used as follows: (i)
                           $252,000 to repay notes, (ii) $350,000 to repay the Notes issued in the Company's April
                           private placement, (iii) $510,000 for marketing and advertising, (iv) $1,805,000 for
                           financing the purchase of new equipment, (v) $180,000 financial consulting fee, (vi) $19,283
                           to repay loans made by certain officers, and (vii) $2,753,137 for working capital. See "Use
                           of Proceeds."

  Risk Factors             An investment in the Securities offered hereby involves a high degree of risk and immediate
                           substantial dilution to investors. Potential purchasers should not invest in these securities
                           unless they can afford the risk of losing their entire investment. See "Risk Factor" and
                           "Dilution."

  NASDAQ Symbols (2)

     Nasdaq                Units .........................IMAGU
                           Common Stock .............IMAG
                           Warrants .....................IMAGW
</TABLE>

(1)      Unless  otherwise  indicated,  no effect is given in this Prospectus to
         (i) the 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the
         exercise  of the  Warrants;  (ii)  the  exercise  of the  Underwriter's
         Over-allotment  Option to purchase up to an additional  150,000  Units;
         (iii) the exercise of the  Underwriter's  Warrants to purchase  100,000
         Units;  (iv) the 140,000  shares of Common Stock  reserved for issuance
         upon the exercise of the Warrants  issued in the  Company's  April 1997
         private  placement;  and (v) the  issuance  of up to 300,000  shares of
         Common Stock under the Company's Senior Management Incentive Plan.

(2)      The Company has applied  for listing of the  Securities  being  offered
         hereby on Nasdaq  SmallCap  Stock Market.  Quotation on Nasdaq does not
         imply that a meaningful,  sustained market for the Company's Securities
         will develop or if developed  that it will be sustained  for any period
         of time.

(3)      Exclusive of 140,000  warrants sold in the Company's April 1997 private
         placement  (the  "Private  Placement  Warrants"),  which  warrants  are
         exercisable at $6.00 per share at any time prior to April 17, 2000. The
         Company has been advised by the Underwriter  that the Underwriter  does
         not  intend  to  make a  market  in  the  Private  Placement  Warrants.
         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the owners of the  Private  Placement
         Warrants  can  exercise  their  warrants  and  receive  shares  of  the
         Company's  Common Stock identical to the shares of Common Stock offered
         herein.







                                        5

<PAGE>
                          SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         Set forth below is the historical  summary  financial  information with
respect to the Company for the years  ended  December  31, 1995 and 1996 and the
unaudited  six  month  period  ended  July 31,  1995 and  1996.  The  historical
financial  data for the years ended  December  31, 1996 and 1995 is derived from
the audited financial statements of the Company which have been reported upon by
Thomas P. Monahan,  C.P.A. The summary historical financial data presented below
should be read in  conjunction  with the  audited  financial  statements  of the
Company and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Statement of Operations Data:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

======================================================================================================
                           For the Year                           From Inception
                           Ended                                  Until
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            December 31,                        July 31,
                             1996                                1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                                  <C>     
Revenues                   $121,914                             $302,545
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)          $(280,399)                           $(735,803)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) per
Common Share               $(.14)                               $(.36)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Number
Shares Outstanding         2,000,000                            2,005,000
======================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Development Stage Balance Sheet Data:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        December 31, 1996           July 31, 1997             July 31, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Actual                  Actual                   As Adjusted (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                         <C>                       <C>       
Current Assets          $74,988                     $140,329                  $6,033,749
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tangible Assets         $(158,697)                  $(537,457)                $5,355,963
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Working Capital         $(306,864)                  $(788,402)                $5,105,018
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Assets            $251,155                    $424,274                  $6,317,694
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities       $381,852                    $928,731                  $928,731
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stockholders'
Equity                  $(130,697)                  $(504,457)                $5,388,963
=============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     (1) Gives  effect to the sale by the  Company  of  1,000,000  Units in this
Offering, and the application of net proceeds therefrom. Does not give effect to
the exercise of the  Over-allotment  Option or the Underwriter's  Warrants.  See
"Use of Proceeds."

                                        6

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

         The securities offered hereby are speculative and involve a high degree
of risk. In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus,  the
following   factors  should  be  carefully   considered  before  purchasing  the
securities  offered by this Prospectus.  The purchase of these Securities should
not be  considered  by anyone who  cannot  afford the risk of loss of his entire
investment.

         Except for the historical  information  contained herein, the following
discussions   contains   forward-looking   statements  that  involve  risks  and
uncertainties.  The Company's actual results could differ  materially from those
projected in the forward-looking statements discussed herein. Factors that could
cause or contribute to such  difference  include,  but are not limited to, those
discussed in this section, as well as in the section entitled "Business."

         1. New Enterprise;  Limited Operations and Operating  History;  Working
Capital Deficit; Retained Earnings Deficiency.  The Company is in an early stage
of development and has extremely limited financial and operational  history upon
which  investors may base an evaluation of its  performance or any assumption as
to the likelihood that the Company will become commercially viable. Although the
"IDI Process"  technology has been  developed by the Company's  president over a
period of more than two decades,  it has yet to be  commercialized.  There is no
assurance  that the  Company's  operations  can  become  commercially  viable or
profitable.  For the year ended  December 31, 1996,  the Company had losses from
operations of $(280,399),  working  capital  deficit of $(306,864) and a deficit
accumulated during development stage of $331,697.  In the event that the Company
continues  to have  losses  and an  accumulated  deficit  and in the event it is
unable to meet its  accounts  payable as such become  due,  any and all of these
factors may have  materially  adverse effects as to the business and finances of
the  Company,  its  ability to  continue  as a going  concern and its ability to
operate  profitably.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
produce its product line on a profitable  basis, nor can there be any assurances
that the Company will succeed in its business endeavors. See "Business."

         2.  Explanatory   Paragraph  in  Independent   Auditors's  Report.  The
Company's  independent auditors have included an explanatory  paragraph in their
report on the Company's  financial  statement stating that certain factors raise
substantial  doubt about the Company's  ability to continue as a going  concern.
The Company's  continuation as a going-concern  is dependent upon its ability to
obtain  additional  financing,  including  the proceeds from this  Offering,  to
generate  sufficient  cash flow to meet its  obligations on a timely basis. As a
result of the start-up nature of the Company's  business,  additional  operating
losses can be expected in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that
the Company can be operated profitably in the future. See Consolidated Financial
Statements.

         3.   Competition.   The  market  in  which  the  Company   competes  is
characterized by rapidly changing  technology and evolving  industry  standards.
The  Company  has  competition  in  every  area  of its  existing  and  proposed
businesses from furniture  manufacturers,  photographic  laboratories,  computer
graphics  firms and suppliers of  counter-top  and table top  surfaces,  such as
Formica(TM).  Many of its  competitors  are well  known  and  have  far  greater
financial,  technological,  managerial,  personnel and other  resources than the
Company.  Although  the  Company  is not  aware of any  company  which  directly
competes against the Company,  there can be no assurance that other technologies
or  products  which are  functionally  similar to those of the  Company  are not
currently available or under development. In addition, there can be no assurance
that other  companies with the expertise or resources that would  encourage them
to attempt to develop or market competing products will not develop new products
directly competitive with the Company's products. See "Business - Competition."

<PAGE>
         4.   Technological   Factors;   Uncertainty  of  Product   Development;
Uncertainty of Commercial Technology. Although the Company's development efforts
relating  to the  technological  aspects  of the  existing  versions  of the IDI
Process are completed,  the Company is continually seeking to refine and improve
the IDI  Process.  The  Company's  efforts  remain  subject  to all of the risks
inherent  in  new  product  development,   including  unanticipated   technical,
regulatory or other  problems  which could result in material  delays in product
development or commercialization  or significantly  increased costs. The Company
may be required to commit considerable  additional effort, time and resources to
commercialize  development of production versions of its proposed products.  The
Company's  success will depend upon such products meeting targeted product costs
and  performance,  and may also depend upon their timely  introduction  into the
marketplace.  There  can be no  assurance  that  development  of  the  Company's
proposed  products will be successfully  completed on a timely basis, or at all,
that they will meet projected  price or performance  objectives,  satisfactorily
perform all of the functions for which they are being  designed,  or prove to be
sufficiently reliable or durable in widespread commercial application. Moreover,
there can be no  assurance  that  unanticipated  problems  will not  arise  with
respect to technologies incorporated into the IDI Process or that

                                        7

<PAGE>
product defects will not become apparent after commercial  introduction.  In the
event that the  Company is  required  to remedy  defects in any of its  products
after  commercial  introduction,  the costs to the Company could be significant,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         In addition, there has been only limited outside research in many areas
of the Company's focus and results in research and testing conducted to date are
not conclusive from independent  sources.  Adverse  independent  testing results
could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company.  See  "Patents and Trade
Marks" and "Product Testing".

         5.  Development  and  Expansion  of  Business;  Management  of  Growth.
Management  is of the  opinion  that  it  currently  has  sufficient  management
expertise and depth to develop its business. However, it will need a skilled and
dedicated  marketing staff as well as technical and production  personnel in the
future.  There is no guarantee  that the Company can retain its present staff or
that capable  personnel  with relevant  skills will be available.  To manage its
growth effectively, the Company must continue to improve and expand its existing
resources  and  management  information  systems  and must  attract,  train  and
motivate  qualified  managers and employees.  There can be no assurance that the
Company's  business will grow or that the Company will be able to manage growth,
if any,  effectively and efficiently.  The Company's  inability to manage growth
effectively  would  adversely  affect  its  operating  results.  In the  event a
business expansion is commenced by the Company,  there can be no assurances that
such expansion will be cost-effective or profitable. See "Business".

         6. Market Acceptance. Although a number of orders have been produced to
customers'  satisfaction,  no  significant  orders have  resulted  to date.  The
Company's  success is contingent on the  acceptance by its current and potential
future users, of which there can be no assurance. See "Business."

         7.  Inability to Keep Pace with  Competitor  Innovation  or  Consumer's
Changing  Preferences  and Tastes.  The market in which the  Company  intends to
compete is subject to rapid  technological  and innovative  change.  Competition
from and among  companies  which  produce  similar or  alternative  products  is
characterized by continuous  technological and innovative  changes and advances.
There can be no  assurances  that the Company will be able to keep pace with the
technological  and  innovative  developments  in the industry or implement  such
changes. Therefore, competitors may develop superior products which may make the
IDI  Process  obsolete.  As a result  of the  continual  changing  nature of the
markets the Company  competes in, the success of the Company is dependent on its
ability to change and adapt to such changing tastes and  preferences.  See "Risk
Factor - Competition" and "Business - Competition."
<PAGE>

         8. Control by  Management.  Upon the sale of the Units offered  hereby,
the Company's  management  will own an aggregate of  approximately  45.3% of the
Company's Common Stock (exclusive of the exercise of any Warrants). Accordingly,
if only 4.8% of the other shareholders vote similarly to management,  management
will  effectively  be able to elect the entire Board of Directors of the Company
and direct the affairs of the Company after the Offering.  See  "Management" and
"Principal Stockholders."

         9. No Dividends and None Anticipated. To date, the Company has not paid
any cash dividends on its Common Stock and does not expect to declare or pay any
cash or other dividends in the foreseeable  future. The Company anticipates that
any profits from  operations  will be reinvested  in the Company.  See "Dividend
Policy."

         10.  Arbitrary  Offering Price of Units and Exercise Price of Warrants.
The offering prices of the Units,  shares of Common Stock and Warrants,  and the
exercise price of the Warrants have been determined by negotiations  between the
Company  and  the   Underwriter  on  an  arbitrary  basis  and  bear  no  direct
relationship to the assets,  earnings or any other recognized criteria of value.
Factors  considered in determining such prices, in addition to prevailing market
conditions,  included the history of and the business  prospects for the Company
and an assessment of the net worth and  financial  condition of the Company,  as
well as such other factors as were deemed  relevant,  including an evaluation of
management  and the general  economic  climate.  The prices  should in no event,
however,  be  regarded  as an  indication  of any  future  market  price  of the
Securities.  Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the
Securities. See "Dilution" and "Underwriting."

         11. Lack of Public Market for the Securities. Prior to the Offering, no
public market exists for the Company's Securities.  There is no assurance that a
regular  trading market will develop at the  conclusion of this Offering,  or if
one  does  develop,  that it will be  sustained.  Therefore,  purchasers  of the
Securities  offered  herein may be unable to resell said  Securities  at or near
their original offering price or at any price. Furthermore,  it is unlikely that
a lending institution will accept the Company's securities as pledged collateral
for loans even if a regular trading market develops.

                                        8

<PAGE>
        12. Dilution; Possible Future Dilution. Management of the Company plans
to institute a Senior Management  Incentive Plan (the "Plan").  Pursuant to this
Plan,  Management  of the Company  will have the  ability to grant upto  350,000
stock options to executive officers, key employees and consultants. To date, the
Company has issued  25,000  options  each to Stephen  Saltman  and Damian  Greco
pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  Further issuances pursuant to the Plan could
cause the  Investors  purchasing  Units in this  Offering to incur a substantial
dilution in the value of their  investment.  The Company has authorized  capital
stock of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value per share and 5,000,000
shares  of  Preferred  Stock,  no par  value per  share.  None of the  shares of
Preferred Stock have been issued. Inasmuch as the Company may use authorized but
unissued  shares of Common Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock which may be
convertible into shares of Common Stock, without stockholder approval, there may
be  further  dilution  of  the  stockholders'  interests.  See  "Description  of
Securities."

         13. Dependence on Suppliers.  The manufacture of the Company's products
is  contingent  upon the  ability of the  Company  to  purchase  raw  materials,
specifically polymer-silica material, from suppliers.  Currently the Company has
one vendor who supplies the Company with the polymer-silica material the Company
utilizes in the  manufacture  of its products.  The loss of this supplier  would
have a detrimental  effect on the Company,  however,  the Company  believes that
there are other suppliers of polymer-silica  material. The Company believes that
it will  continue  to be able to  purchase  its  polymer-silica  material in the
future at prices and on terms similar to its present capabilities. No assurances
can be  given  that an  uninterrupted  and  adequate  supply  of  polymer-silica
material will be available to the Company in the future,  although,  the Company
believes  that there are a  sufficient  number of suppliers so that in the event
that any  individual or group of suppliers  can no longer  service the Company's
needs, the Company will be able to find other suppliers at competitive price and
terms.  If conflicts  arise or there is a void of  suppliers,  this would have a
detrimental effect on the Company's operations. See "Business Suppliers."

         14.  Protection of  Proprietary  Technology and  Information;  Possible
Patent  and/or  Trademark  Infringement.  The  Company  will  also rely on trade
secrets,  know-how  and  continuing  technological  advancement  to maintain its
proposed competitive  position.  No assurance can be given that competitors will
not independently develop substantially  equivalent proprietary  information and
techniques or otherwise gain access to the Company's trade secrets and know how.
Part of the Company's  proposed  business is the reproduction of fine art. There
can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will not be found to be  infringing  on
another  individual  or  entities  patent or  trademark.  In the event  that the
Company is found to be infringing  upon such  individuals or entities  patent or
trademark,  there can be no assurance  that the Company will have the  financial
means to litigate such matters. See "Business - Patents and Trademarks."

         15.  Authorization  of Preferred  Stock.  The Company's  Certificate of
Incorporation authorizes the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no
par value per share,  with such  designation,  rights and  preferences as may be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Accordingly,  the Board
of Directors is empowered,  without  obtaining  shareholder  approval,  to issue
preferred stock with dividend,  liquidation,  conversion, voting or other rights
that could  adversely  affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of
the  Common  Stock.  In the event of  issuance,  the  preferred  stock  could be
utilized, under certain circumstances, as a method of discouraging, delaying, or
preventing  a change in the control of the  Company.  The Company is  restricted
from issuing any shares of  preferred  stock for a period of years from the date
hereof,  without  the prior  consent of the  Underwriter.  See  "Description  of
Securities - Preferred Stock" and "Underwriting."
<PAGE>

         16. Broad  Discretion  in the  Application  of Proceeds.  The Company's
management  will have broad  discretion  regarding  the use of  proceeds of this
Offering  of  approximately  $2,753,137  or  46.7%  ($3,681,937  or 54.0% if the
Underwriter's  Over-allotment  Option is exercised in full), which proceeds have
been allocated to working capital. See "Use of Proceeds."

         17. Protection of Intellectual Property. The Company does not intend to
patent its proprietary trade secrets. In the event that such information becomes
known to its  competitors,  the business of the Company would be materially  and
adversely  effected.  The Company does intend to trademark  certain of its trade
names.  However,  there can be no assurance  that trademark  protection  will be
available for such marks at the time the  protection  is sought.  The failure to
obtain such protection would materially and adversely effect the business of the
Company. See "Business -- Patents and Trademarks".

         18.  Dependence on  Management;  Salary  Commitment;  Limited Number of
Management  Personnel.  The Company is dependent  upon the personal  efforts and
abilities of Stephen Saltman, the Company's President,  and Damian J. Greco, the
Company's  Secretary and Treasurer.  Following  this  Offering,  there can be no
assurance that, if the Company grows,  the current  management team will be able
to continue to adequately manage the Company's affairs. Further, there can be no
assurance  that  the  Company  will be  able to  identify  and  hire  additional
qualified managers on terms economically  feasible for the Company.  The Company
has entered into employment agreements with both Messrs.  Saltman and Greco. The
loss of the  services of Mr.  Saltman or Mr.  Greco would  adversely  affect the
business of the Company.  The Company  currently has no key-man insurance on the
lives of either Mr. Saltman or Mr. Greco. Mr. Saltman and Mr. Greco have entered
into employment  agreements with the Company,  which agreements  provide for the
payment of annual base salaries of $180,000 and $160,000, respectively, with 10%
yearly  escalations  during the term of the agreement.  The agreements are for a
term of five years expiring May 2002. Based upon the Company's limited operating
history and continued  losses,  there can be no assurances that the Company will
be able to pay such salaries from operations. In the event that this Offering is
consummated, the Company may use the proceeds apportioned to working capital for
general corporate purposes,  such as salaries, in the event the Company's income
from  operations does not meet its cash  requirements.  As of July 31, 1997, the
Company  had a  working  capital  deficit  of  $(718,402).  Expenditures  of the
proceeds for general  corporate  purposes may include the payment of salaries to
the  Company's  officers,  aggregating  $340,000  per annum.  See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
"Management."

         19. Immediate  Substantial  Dilution.  The purchasers of the Securities
offered  hereby will incur  immediate  substantial  dilution from their purchase
price  in the net  tangible  book  value  of  each  share  of  Common  Stock  of
approximately $5.49 per share or 75.2% of their initial investment.  The present
stockholders  of the  Company  will own  approximately  66.67% of the  Company's
outstanding  shares of Common Stock upon  completion  of this  Offering and will
realize an immediate  increase in the net tangible book value of their shares of
approximately $2.04 per share. Accordingly, the current shareholders will be the
primary  beneficiaries of this Offering.  If the Company's future operations are
unsuccessful,  the persons who  purchased  the  Securities  offered  hereby will
sustain the principal losses.

         20.  Shares  Available for Resale.  All of the 2,005,000  shares of the
Company's  Common Stock  outstanding are "restricted  securities"  which, in the
future,  may be sold upon  compliance with Rule 144 adopted under the Securities
Act, or any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act.
<PAGE>
         Rule  144  provides,  in  essence,  that a person  holding  "restricted
securities"  for a period of one year may sell every three  months in  brokerage
transactions an amount equal to the greater of: (a) one percent of the Company's
outstanding  shares of Common Stock;  (b) the average weekly  reported volume of
trading  for  the  securities  on all  national  exchanges  and/or  through  the
automated  quotation system of a registered  securities  association  during the
four calendar week period preceding each transaction;  or (c) the average weekly
trading volume in the securities  reported through the consolidated  transaction
reporting  system during the four  calendar week period.  Rule 144 also requires
that current  information about the securities must be available to stockholders
and brokers.

         Therefore,  after  taking  into  account  the shares to be sold in this
Offering  (and without  giving effect to any shares of Common Stock which may be
issued upon  exercise of the  Warrants) in each  three-month  period  commencing
1997, at least 30,050 (31,550 shares if the Underwriter's  Over-allotment option
is exercised in full) shares may be publicly  sold under Rule 144 by each holder
of "restricted securities" who has held such shares for at least one year.

         Persons  who are  not  "affiliates"  of the  Company,  as that  term is
defined under the Securities Act, who have been  non-affiliates  for the 90 days
immediately  preceding the sale, and who have owned their shares for a period of
at least one year, may sell such shares without limitation. Giving effect to the
sale of  1,000,000  shares by the  Company,  the  Company  will have  issued and
outstanding 3,005,000 shares of its Common Stock, of which 2,005,000 shares will
be  "restricted  securities."  Notwithstanding,  the holders of 1,958,400 of the
aforementioned 2,005,000 shares have entered into twenty-four month lockups with
the Underwriter whereby none of their shares can be sold with the consent of the
Underwriter until twenty-four months after the Effective Date.  Investors should
be  aware  that  the  possibility  of such  sales  under  Rule  144  will in all
probability have a depressive  effect on the price of the Company's Common Stock
in any market which may develop. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sales."

         All  officers,  directors  and  owners  of 5% or more of the  Company's
Common Stock, except the Selling Stockholders,  have agreed to "lock-up" and not
sell, publicly, privately or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock for
a  period  of two  years  from  the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  whereby  these
stockholders  cannot sell,  publicly,  privately or otherwise  dispose of any of
their shares without the prior written consent of Global Equities Group, Inc.

         21.  Restrictions  on  Exercise of  Warrants;  Necessity  for  Updating
Registration Statement.  The Warrants offered hereby are not exercisable unless,
at the time of the exercise,  the Company has a current prospectus  covering the
shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants and such shares
have been registered, qualified of deemed to be exempt under the securities laws
of the state of residence of the  exercising  holder of the Warrants.  Since the
Warrants  are not  exercisable  for a period  of one year  from the date of this
Prospectus,  the Company will be required to file a post-effective amendment and
have  same  declared  effective  and  deliver a current  Prospectus  before  the
Warrants  may be  exercised.  Although  the Company will use its best efforts to
have all of the shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants
registered or qualified on or before the exercise date and to maintain a current
prospectus  relating  thereto until the expiration of the Warrants,  there is no
assurance  that  it  will  be  able  to do  so.  The  Company  will  notify  all
Warrantholders  and its transfer agent that the Warrants may not be exercised at
any time that a current post-effective amendment has not been declared effective
on or  before  ___________,  199 , so as to  prevent  the  Warrants  from  being
exercised in the absence of a current Registration Statement.
<PAGE>
         Although  the Warrants  will not  knowingly  be sold to  purchasers  in
jurisdictions  in which the Warrants are not  registered or otherwise  qualified
for  sale,  purchasers  may buy  Warrants  in the  after-market  or may  move to
jurisdictions in which the shares  underlying the Warrants are not so registered
or qualified  for sale during the period that the Warrants are  exercisable.  In
this  event,  the  Company  would be  unable to issue  shares  to those  persons
desiring  to  exercise  their  Warrants  unless  and until the  shares  could be
qualified for sale in the  jurisdictions in which such purchasers  reside, or an
exemption   from  such   qualification   exists  in  such   jurisdictions,   and
Warrantholders  would have no choice but to  attempt to sell the  Warrants  in a
jurisdiction where such sale is permissible or allow them to expire unexercised.
See "Description of Securities - Warrants."

         22. Possible  Delisting of Securities from Nasdaq System;  Risks of Low
Priced  Stocks.  The  Commission  has approved  rules  imposing  more  stringent
criteria  for listing of the  Securities  on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Stock  Market
("Nasdaq"). In order to continue to be listed on the Nasdaq the Company would be
required  to  maintain  (i)  net  tangible  assets  of  $2,000,000,   or  market
capitalization  of  $35,000,000  or $500,000 in net income for two of last three
years,  (ii) a public float of 500,000 shares or $1,000,000 market value for the
public  float,  (iii) 300  shareholders,  (iv) a minimum  bid price of $1.00 per
share, (v) two market makers, and (vi) compliance with the Corporate  Governance
Standards.  In the event the Company's  Securities  are delisted from the Nasdaq
SmallCap system, trading, if any, in Securities would thereafter be conducted in
the over-the-counter market on the OTC Bulletin Board. Consequently, an investor
may find it more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to
the price of the Company's  Securities.  The Company has applied for the listing
of its  Securities  on  Nasdaq.  Quotation  on  Nasdaq  does  not  imply  that a
meaningful,  sustained  market for the Company's  Securities  will develop or if
developed that it will be sustained for any period of time.

         23. Penny Stock Regulation.  Broker/dealer practices in connection with
transactions  in "penny  stocks"  are  regulated  by certain  penny  stock rules
adopted by the Securities and Exchange  Commission.  Penny stocks  generally are
equity  securities  with a price  of less  than  $5.00  (other  than  securities
registered  on certain  national  securities  exchanges  or quoted on the Nasdaq
system,  provided  that  current  price and volume  information  with respect to
transactions  in such  securities  is provided by the  exchange or system).  The
penny stock rules require a  broker/dealer,  prior to a  transaction  in a penny
stock not  otherwise  exempt  from the  rules,  to deliver a  standardized  risk
disclosure  document that provides  information about penny stocks and the risks
in the penny stock market. The broker/dealer also must provide the customer with
current bid and offer  quotations for the penny stock,  the  compensation of the
broker/dealer  and its  salesperson  in the  transaction,  and  monthly  account
statements  showing the market value of each penny stock held in the  customer's
account.  In addition,  the penny stock rules generally  require that prior to a
transaction  in a penny stock,  the  broker/dealer  must make a special  written
determination  that the penny stock is a suitable  investment  for the purchaser
and  receive  the  purchaser's  written  agreement  to  the  transaction.  These
disclosure  requirements  may have the effect of  reducing  the level of trading
activity in the secondary  market for a stock that becomes  subject to the penny
stock  rules.  If the  Company's  Securities  become  subject to the penny stock
rules,  investors  in this  Offering  may find it more  difficult  to sell their
Securities.


                                       11

<PAGE>
         24. Underwriter's  Warrants.  The Underwriter will acquire, for nominal
consideration,  the Underwriter's  Warrants to purchase 100,000 Units at a price
of $8.76 per Unit during the four year period  commencing one year from the date
of this Prospectus.  The Securities issuable upon exercise by the Underwriter of
the Underwriter's Warrants are identical to the Securities being offered hereby.
The Company has agreed to register the Underwriter's Warrants and the underlying
securities at its expense,  one time only, upon request of holders of a majority
of the Underwriter's Warrants or underlying securities. In addition, the Company
has agreed,  for a period of seven years following the date of this  Prospectus,
to  give  advance  notice  to the  holders  of  the  Underwriter's  Warrants  or
underlying securities of its intention to file a registration statement,  and in
such case the holders of the  Underwriter's  Warrants and underlying  securities
shall  have the right to  require  the  Company  to  include  the  Underwriter's
Warrants  and  underlying  securities  in  such  registration  statement  at the
Company's  expense.  These  obligations  could  be a  hindrance  to  any  future
financing of the Company.  Furthermore,  in the event the Underwriter  exercises
its  registration  rights to effect the  distribution of the Common Stock and/or
Warrants underlying the Underwriter's  Warrants,  the Underwriter and any holder
of such  Warrants who is a market maker in the  Company's  Securities,  prior to
such distribution,  will be unable to make a market in the Company's  Securities
for up to a period of five days prior to the  commencement of such  distribution
and until such  distribution is completed.  If the Underwriter  ceases to make a
market,  the market  and  market  prices  for the  Securities  may be  adversely
affected,  and the holders  thereof may be unable to sell such  Securities.  See
"Underwriting."

         25. Underwriter's  Possible Ability to Dominate or Influence the Market
for the  Securities.  A  significant  number of the  Securities  offered  in the
Offering  may  be  sold  to  customers  of  the   Underwriter.   Such  customers
subsequently  may  engage  in  transactions  for  the  sale or  purchase  of the
Securities through or with the Underwriter.  Although they have no obligation to
do so, all or any individual Underwriter may exert a dominating influence on the
market, if one develops, for the Company's Securities.  The price, liquidity and
price volatility of the Company's  Securities may be  significantly  affected by
the  degree,  if  any,  of  an  Underwriter's   participation  in  such  market.
Additionally,  the  Underwriter  may  participate  in  the  solicitation  of the
exercise  of the  Warrants.  In  connection  with the  solicitation  of  Warrant
exercises, unless the Underwriter is granted an exemption by the Commission from
Regulation M under the Exchange Act, the  Underwriter  and any other  soliciting
broker/dealer  will be prohibited from engaging in any market-making  activities
with respect to the Company's Securities for the period commencing either one or
five business days  (depending on the market price of the Common Stock) prior to
any  solicitation  activity  until  the  later  of (i) the  termination  of such
solicitation  activity or (ii) the  termination  (by wavier or otherwise) of any
right that the  Underwriter or any other  soliciting  broker/dealer  may have to
receive a fee for the exercise of Warrants  following  such  solicitation.  As a
result,  the Underwriter or any other soliciting  broker/dealer may be unable to
provide a market for the  Company's  securities,  should  they  desire to do so,
during certain periods while the Warrants are exercisable. Such restrictions may
adversely  affect  the price and  liquidity  of the  shares of Common  Stock and
Warrants. See "Underwriting."

     26. Potential Adverse Effect of Redemption of Warrants. The Warrants may be
redeemed  by the Company at any time  commencing  one year from the date of this
Prospectus,  upon notice of not less than 30 days at a price of $.05 per Warrant
provided the closing bid  quotation of the Common Stock on all 20 of the trading
days  ending not more than 15 days prior to the day on which the  Company  gives
notice  has  been at  least  150% of the then  effective  exercise  price of the
Warrants.  Redemption  of the  Warrants  could force the holders to exercise the
Warrants and pay the exercise price at a time when it may be disadvantageous for
the holders to do so, to sell the Warrants at the then current market price when
they might  otherwise  wish to hold the  Warrants,  or to accept the  redemption
price,  which is likely to be  substantially  less than the market  value of the
Warrants at the time of redemption.  The Company will not redeem the Warrants at
any time in which its registration  statement is not current,  so that investors
will be able to exercise their  Warrants  during the 30 day notice period in the
event of a warrant  redemption by the Company.  See "Description of Securities -
Warrants."

     27. Limited  Experience of Underwriter.  Global  Equities  Group,  Inc. has
previously  completed  public  offerings.  The Underwriter is a relatively small
firm and there can be no assurance that the  Underwriter  will be able to make a
meaningful market in the Company's Securities or that another broker/dealer will
make a meaningful market in the Company's Securities. See "Underwriting."

     28. Indemnification of Officers and Directors. The New Jersey Supreme Court
has held that the directors' duty of care to a corporation and its  stockholders
requires the exercise of an informed business  judgment.  Having become informed
of all material  information  reasonably  available to them,  directors must act
with  requisite  care in the discharge of their duties.  The New Jersey  General
Corporation Law permits a corporation, through its certificate of incorporation,
to exonerate its directors  from personal  liability to the  corporation  or its
stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of their fiduciary

                                       12

<PAGE>
duty of care as a director,  with certain  exceptions.  The exceptions include a
breach of the director's duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or
which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or knowing  violation of law,  improper
declaration  of dividends and  transactions  from which the director  derived an
improper  personal  benefit.  As  noted  above,  the  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation  exonerates its directors,  acting in such capacity, from monetary
liability to the extent permitted by this statutory  provision.  This limitation
of  liability  provision  does  not  eliminate  a  stockholder's  right  to seek
non-monetary,  equitable  remedies  such as injunction or rescission in order to
redress an action taken by directors.  However, as a practical matter, equitable
remedies may not be available in all  situations,  and their may be instances in
which no effective remedy is available at all. See "Management."

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         The Company has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock and intends
to retain earnings, if any, for use in its activities. Payment of cash dividends
in the future will be wholly  dependent upon the Company's  earnings,  financial
condition,  capital  requirements and other factors deemed relevant by the Board
of Directors.  It is not likely that cash  dividends or other  dividends will be
paid in the foreseeable future.

                                    DILUTION

         The difference  between the public offering price per share and the pro
forma net  tangible  book value per share after this  Offering  constitutes  the
dilution per share of Common Stock to the new investors. Net tangible book value
per share is determined by dividing the net tangible book value (total  tangible
assets less total  liabilities)  by the number of  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock.

         As of July 31, 1997,  there were  outstanding  2,005,000  shares of the
Company's  Common Stock. The Company's Common Stock prior to this Offering had a
net tangible book value per share of approximately  $(0.23),  based upon a total
of 2,005,000  shares issued and  outstanding.  Net tangible book value per share
represents the amount by which the Company's  total  tangible  assets exceed its
total  liabilities,  divided  by  the  number  of  shares  of its  Common  Stock
outstanding.  Purchasers will incur immediate  substantial  dilution of $5.49 or
75.2% of the Offering Price.

         The following table illustrates the per share dilution:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                              <C>  
Public offering price per share (1)(2)                                                           $7.30
         Net tangible book value per share prior to this offering                                $(.23)
         Increase attributable to new investors(3)                                               $2.04
                                                                                                 -----
Net tangible book value per share after this Offering                                            $1.81
                                                                                                 -----
Dilution per share to new investors                                                              $5.49
                                                                                                 =====
</TABLE>


     (1) Offering price before  deduction of estimated  expenses of the Offering
and underwriting discounts and commissions.

     (2) Assumes the Warrants have no value.

     (3) Does not  include  funds  which may be  received  upon  exercise of the
Warrants, the Underwriter's Warrants or the Underwriter's Over-allotment Option.

                                       13

<PAGE>
         The  following  table sets forth at September  30, 1997 the  difference
between the  existing  stockholders  and the new  investors  with respect to the
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  purchased  from the  Company,  the  total
consideration paid to the Company and the price per share paid.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Shares                           Total                       Average
                                    Purchased                   Consideration Paid               Consideration Paid
                           Number                Percent      Amount           Percent           Per Share
<S>                        <C>                   <C>          <C>              <C>               <C> 
Existing
Stockholders               2,005,000             66.67%       $210,000         2.8%              $.11

New
Investors                  1,000,000(1)          33.33%       $7,300,000       97.2%             $7.30
                           ------------          ------       ----------       -----             -----


                           3,005,000             100%         $7,510,000       100%              $2.50
                           =========             ====         ==========       ====              =====
</TABLE>


(1)      For  purposes of this table,  the Warrants  are  considered  to have no
         value. No effect is given to the possible  exercise of (i) the Warrants
         to purchase  140,000  shares of Common  Stock,  (ii) the  Underwriter's
         Warrants  to  purchase   100,000  Units  or  (iii)  the   Underwriter's
         Over-allotment Option, to purchase from the Company 150,000 Units.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Securities offered
hereby after  deducting  underwriting  discounts and  estimated  expenses of the
Offering payable by the Company, which have been estimated at $457,580 ($490,430
if the Underwriter's  Over-allotment  Option is exercised in full) is $5,893,420
($6,813,220) if the Underwriter's  Over-allotment  Option is exercised in full).
The net proceeds of this Offering are intended to be used as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Percent of
         Use of Proceeds                             Amount of Proceeds                 Net Proceeds
<S>                                                  <C>                                <C> 
         Repayment of Certain Loan (1)               $   252,000                        4.3%

         Financial Consulting Fee                    $   180,000                        3.1%

         Repayment of Loans from Officers            $    19,283                        0.6%

         Repayment of Private Placement Notes (2)    $   350,000                        5.9%

         Marketing and Advertising (3)               $   510,000                        8.7%

         Purchase of Equipment (4)                   $ 1,805,000                        30.6%

         Working Capital (5)                         $ 2,753,137                        46.7%
                                                     -----------                        -----

         Total                                       $5,893,420                         100.0%
                                                     ==========                         ======
</TABLE>


     (1) In March 1996,  the  Company  attempted  to complete an offering  which
offering  was  intended  to be effected  under an  exemption  from  registration
provided by Rule 504 of Regulation D. The Company  originally  contemplated that
it would sell  shares of  preferred  stock  pursuant to Rule 504.  However,  the
offering was never completed, and the Company never sold any shares of preferred
stock. However, the Company did receive an aggregate of approximately  $252,000,
including accrued interest,  from one investor who acted as an agent for a group
of investors.  The Company and this individual have agreed to characterize  this
transaction as a "loan". The Company intends to repay this loan with $252,000 of
the proceeds of this Offering.



                                       14

<PAGE>
(notes continued from previous page)

     (2) The Company  consummated a private placement offering of its securities
in April 1997 (the  "Private  Placement"),  whereby at September  30, 1997,  the
Company  sold 7 units,  each  comprised  of a  promissory  note in the amount of
$50,000 bearing  interest at the rate of 10% per annum,  and 20,000 common stock
purchase warrants at a purchase price of $52,000 per unit. Pursuant to the terms
of the  Private  Placement,  the  Notes  are to be out of the  proceeds  of this
Offering.  140,000 warrants are being registered by the Selling  Securityholders
in connection with this Offering (the "Private Placement Warrants"). The Company
has been advised by the Underwriter that the Underwriter does not intend to make
a market in the Private Placement Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the
owners of the Private Placement Warrants can exercise their warrants and receive
shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock  identical to the shares of Common Stock
offered herein.The proceeds of the Private Placement were used by the Company as
working capital to finance its operations.

     (3)  For  advertising,  hiring  additional  sales  employees  and  printing
marketing   materials  in  order  to  increase  sales  through   increased  name
recognition of the Company.

     (4) The Company will use these proceeds to purchase equipment

     (5)  Working  capital  will be used  primarily  (i) as  capital in order to
obtain and retain financing at preferable rates enabling the Company to purchase
additional  equipment as  described  in footnote 3 above,  (ii) for cash flow in
order to pay down the  notes on the  purchase  of such  equipment,  (iii) to pay
maintenance costs on the equipment  purchased,  and (iv) to pay for minor repair
costs on  equipment.  Though a portion  of the  proceeds  allocated  to  working
capital may be held in the Company's  bank account to increase its liquid assets
in order to obtain  financing,  a portion of the  proceeds  being  allocated  to
working capital will be used to increase cash flows, which in turn should enable
the Company to decrease its interest and  financing  expenses.  The Company will
not use the  proceeds  apportioned  to working  capital for  salaries or general
administrative  expenses  unless the Company's  income from  operations does not
meet its cash requirements,  whereby salaries and other administrative  expenses
may be paid from such  proceeds.  The Company has no current plans to use any of
the proceeds of this Offering to merge or acquire assets of another  company and
presently has no plans, commitments or agreements, and is not currently involved
in any discussions  with regards to any acquisition or merger,  however,  in the
event an  acquisition  is deemed in the best  interests  in the  Company  in the
future, a portion of the proceeds may be used for such purposes. See "Business."

         The  Company  believes  that  the  proceeds  of this  Offering  will be
sufficient  to  meet  its  anticipated  cash  requirements  for  the  12  months
subsequent  to the  closing of this  Offering.  It is not  anticipated  that the
Company will be required to raise any additional  capital within the next twelve
months.  If for any reason such estimates prove  inaccurate,  the Company may be
forced  to seek  additional  financing.  There  can be no  assurances  that such
financing  will be  available,  and if  available,  that  it  will  be on  terms
acceptable to the Company. None of the proceeds of this Offering will be paid to
members of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD") or
associates  or  affiliates  thereof,  except for the proceeds  being paid to the
Underwriter as described in this Prospectus. See "Underwriting."

         Any  additional  proceeds  received  from the  purchase  of  additional
securities  by the  Underwriter  to cover  over-allotments  or the  exercise  of
Warrants,  will be added to the  Company's  working  capital.  In the  event the
Underwriter  exercises the Underwriter's  Over-allotment Option in full, the net
proceeds to the Company would be approximately  $6,813,220,  of which $3,681,937
or 54.0% of the proceeds will be used for working capital. No proceeds from this
Offering  will be paid to any officer or director of the Company,  or affiliates
or  associates  for  expenses  of  the  Offering  or  for  any  type  of  fee or
remuneration  except as described  herein. A portion of the proceeds may be used
to pay salaries in the event the Company's  income from operations does not meet
its cash  requirements.  The  Company  will not make any  loans to any  officer,
director, affiliate or associate with the proceeds of the Offering.


                                       15

<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth (i) the capitalization of the Company at
July 31,  1997 and (ii) such  capitalization  as adjusted to reflect the sale of
the Securities offered hereby.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                  As
                                                                                Actual            Adjusted(1)


<S>                                                                             <C>               <C>
Long Term Debt                                                                  $0                $0

Stockholders' Equity:

Common Stock, no par value, 
20,000,000 shares authorized; 
issued and outstanding, 
2,005,000 shares at July 31, 1997, 
3,005,000 shares as adjusted                                                    221,500           6,114,920

 Warrants, 140,000                                                              9,846                      9,846

Deficit Accumulated During
 Development Stage                                                              (735,803)                  (735,803)
                                                                                ---------                  ---------

Total Stockholders' Equity                                                      (504,457)                  (6,860,569)
                                                                                ---------                  -----------

Total Capitalization                                                            $(504,457)                 $(6,860,569)
                                                                                ==========                 ============
</TABLE>


(1)      Does not include (i)  3,000,000  shares of Common  Stock  reserved  for
         issuance  upon the exercise of the  Warrants,  (ii)  150,000  shares of
         Common  Stock and 450,000  Warrants  issuable  upon the exercise of the
         Underwriter's  Over-allotment  Option,  (iii) 400,000  shares of Common
         Stock  reserved  for issuance  upon the  exercise of the  Underwriter's
         Warrants  inclusive  of the shares  issuable  upon the  exercise of the
         Warrants underlying the Underwriter's  Warrants and (iv) 300,000 shares
         of Common Stock reserved issuance under the Company's Senior Management
         Incentive Plan.

Private Placement

         The Company  consummated a private placement offering of its securities
in April 1997 (the "Private Placement"),  whereby the Company sold 7 units, each
comprised of a promissory note in the amount of $50,000 bearing  interest at the
rate of 10% per annum,  and 20,000 common stock purchase  warrants at a purchase
price of $52,000 per unit.  140,000 Warrants are being registered by the Selling
Securityholders  in  connection  with  this  Offering  (the  "Private  Placement
Warrants"). The Company has been advised by the Underwriter that the Underwriter
does  not  intend  to  make  a  market  in  the  Private   Placement   Warrants.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the owners of the Private Placement Warrants can
exercise  their  warrants  and  receive  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock
identical  to the shares of Common  Stock  offered  herein.  The proceeds of the
Private  Placement  were used by the  Company as working  capital to finance its
operations.

                                       16

<PAGE>
           Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
             and Results of Operations for the Period from inception
                        (June 8, 1995) to July 31, 1997.

Development stage activities.

     The Company has been a  development  stage  enterprise  since its inception
June 8, 1995 to December  31, 1996 and for the seven months ended July 31, 1997.
During this  period,  manage  ment had  devoted  the  majority of its efforts to
obtaining new  customers  for its products,  enhanc ing its inventory of images,
pursuing and finding a management team to continue the process of completing its
marketing goals,  further its research and development of its techniques and pro
cesses,  market limited quantities of the Company's products,  obtain sufficient
working capital  through loans,  through the completion of the sale of a private
placement of Units, and complete the documentation for the Company's  registered
offering.   These  activities  were  funded  by  the  Company's  management  and
investments  from  stockholders  and borrowings from related third parties.  The
Company has not yet generated  sufficient  revenues during its limited operating
history to fund its ongoing operating expenses,  repay outstanding  indebtedness
or to fund its product development activities.  For the period of inception June
8, 1995 to July 31, 1997,  the Company  completed the  development  of its first
product line.

Results of operations.

Results of Operations  For the period from the Company's  inception June 8, 1995
through July 31, 1997.

     For the period from the Company's  inception June 8, 1995 through  December
31, 1995, the end of its fiscal years (a period of  approximatelty  six months),
the Company  generated  net sales of  approminately  $175,823  (or an average of
approximately  $29,303 per month). Of these sales  approximately 60% were to one
large  customer.  For the year ended  December 31, 1996, the Company's net sales
were  $121,914 (an average of $10,160 per month).  Of these sales,  90% of which
were to two  customers.  For the seven months ended July 31, 1997, the Company's
net sales were  $4,808 (an  average of $686 per  month).  Management  attributes
these sales  sreductions  to having moved  twice.  Once from a location in North
Bergen,  New Jersey in December  1995 for purposes of obtaining a more  suitable
facility in  Paterson,  New Jersey and the second  necesity to move in December,
1996 as a resiult of  unsuitability  to for the Company to house just  purchased
digital equipment.

     The Company's  gross profit on sales was  approximately  68% for the period
from the Company's  inception  June 8, 1995 through  December 31, 1995.  For the
year ended December 31, 1996, the gross profit remained  essentially the same at
65.5%  and  was  reduced  to 40% for the  seven  months  ended  July  31,  1997.
Management  believes  this gross  profit of an average of 66.7% for period  from
inception  June 8, 1995 to December  31, 1996 will be  increased by 10% once the
Company's planned purchases of digital equipment has been completed and in place
for produc tion.



<PAGE>
     The  Comany's  overhead  costs  aggregated  approximately  $803,306 for the
period from  inception  June 8, 1995 to July 31, 1997. Of these initial start up
costs,  $180,000 is  attributed  to a  consulting  contract,  $85,000 in accrued
salaries,  approximately  $57,000 in rent, $45,000 in prodcution of samples used
for promotion purposes,  approximately $18,000 in telephone expenses,  $9,950 in
travel, $75,000 in supplies, legal and professional $55,000, filing fees $9,344,
office  expense  including  outside  labor,  printing,  laboratory  and computer
supplies of approximately  $96,082,  research and development of  approximatelty
$90,500 and depreciation of $82,430. . The Company's Products

     Development  of the Company's  products has been an ongoing  process of the
President of the Company which has progressed  from the research and development
stage to becoming the  mainstay of the  Company's  line of products.  The recent
acquisition and  construction of operating  assets positions the Company to have
extensive  production  capability  of  producing  up to  $10,000,000  in orders.
Further  investments  into digital  processing  and production as defined in the
Company's  operating  plans will  significantly  reduce the costs of production,
preparation and processing by enabling the Company to complete the production of
most of its product line in-house  without  having to rely upon outside  digital
processing  vendors  and  suppliers.  Cost  reductions  of  upwards  of 30%  are
achievable.

     In  addition,  the  Company  has  improved  its  purchasing  procedures  by
expanding its supplier  base. As a result,  the cost of  manufacturing  products
will drop offering the Company greater opportunities for better profit margins.

Liquidity and capital resources.

     The  Company  increased  liquidity  by $81,893  from a cash  balance at the
Company's  inception  of $1,000  through the process of  borrowing  money in the
aggregate  of $525,581  from  officers and  investors,  acquiring a bank loan to
purchase a vehicle of $3,050, and obtain credit from trade debt of $139,500.

     The Company expended an aggregate of 159,081 for equipment and furnishings,
$19,210 in security deposits, and paid $5,000 in pre-offering expenses,  $19,210
in security  deposits and reduced  Company notes payable by $15,000 through July
31, 1997.  The Company is  initiating  an initial  public  offering of 1,000,000
Units at $7.30 per Unit.  Management believes that the present cash balance will
pay the initial cost of beginning the setup of the business and the initial cost
of the Offering.  The Company will defer the expenses of the Offering  until the
Offering is completed  and the offering  expenses will be deducted from proceeds
received  therefrom.  The  Offering  proceeds  will  be  sufficient  to  satisfy
Management's  objectives  of purchasing  equipment and supplies  projected to be
$1,805,000,  repay outstanding loans aggregating $242,000,  repayment of private
placement notes  aggregating  $350,000,  pay marketing and advertising  costs of
$520,000, and provide working capital of $2,787,706.



<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

History

         Imaging Dynamics, Inc. (the "Company" or "IDI") was incorporated in the
State of New  Jersey on June 8, 1995 by  Stephen S.  Saltman.  The  Company is a
developmental  stage  corporation that was formed in order to commercialize  its
proprietary  industrial  process (the "IDI Process").  The IDI Process  combines
digital imaging and bonding  technology to replicate patterns in natural and man
made materials and images for vertical and horizontal durable surfacing.

The IDI Process

         The IDI Process comprises software, hardware and proprietary techniques
which  allow  analog and  digitally  based  images to be  converted  into a high
resolution digital format (2500 dpi). The image is then manipulated and enhanced
using custom software designed to remove imperfections in the original image and
increase the clarity when viewed  through the  polymer-silica  material to which
the image is ultimately bonded.

         Throughout the IDI Process,  the image can be recolored and reformatted
with respect to size, shape,  geometry and detail.  New artistic elements can be
integrated which were not in the original image.

         The  image is then  printed  on  polyester  sheets  utilizing  chemical
formulas   specially   designed  for   optimizing   and  enhancing  the  optical
characteristics  of the image when viewed through the  polymer-silica  material.
Depending  on the ultimate  application,  the  thickness  of the  polymer-silica
material can vary from 1/8" to 5/8".  The finished  product can then be inserted
into traditional  stock framing systems for cabinets,  furniture,  wall systems,
and panels, as well as a variety of other uses.

         Products  manufactured  using  the IDI  Process  are  characterized  by
extreme  sharpness and accurate  vibrant color.  The  dimensional  appearance is
enhanced  due to a high level of  definition  at the edge of the image  which is
created by shading  techniques  and a controlled  level of contrast.  The images
replicate natural patterns such as marbles,  granites, woods or man made designs
such as  paintings,  photographs,  computer  art and wall  covering  designs and
patterns.

         The IDI  Process  allows for a high degree of  customization  and short
production runs. The physical properties of the polymer-silica material utilized
by the Company in the  manufacture of its products is harder than many competing
materials.   The  polymer-silica  material  is  stain  and  chemical  resistant,
sanitary,  crack resistant and shatter proof. The Company believes that products
manufactured  using the IDI Process are easier and cheaper to install than stone
or  Corian.  The  Company  also  believes  that the IDI  Process  allows for the
creation of more patterns and custom design features than Formica(TM).

Comparison of the Company's Products and Other Materials

         The Company  believes  that it's  proprietary  surface  technology is a
viable alternative to materials such as Formica(TM) (HPL's), glass, woods, stone
products,  Corian, metals, lacquer and resin coatings. The Company believes that
its products  will have  commercial  applications  in the following  areas:  (1)
commercial furniture  manufacturing,  (2) new home and home improvement relating
to vanities and wall tiles, (3) commercial graphics and advertising, (4) display
furniture and fixtures,  (5) limited edition art work and, (6) customized  home,
institutional and office furnishings. There can be no assurance that the Company
is correct in any of the foregoing beliefs.

Maintenance and Durability

         Given  the  properties  of  the  materials   comprising  the  Company's
products,  it is the Company's belief that in many commercial  environments that
rely upon surface  material,  the Company's  products are superior since they do
not stain.  The  Company's  products are easy to clean with the use of cloth and
any  standard  cleaning  agent.  The surface of the  Company's  product will not
deteriorate as marble does from water. Since it is virtually graffiti proof, the
Company believes that its products would make an ideal surface for public areas,
schools, malls and bathrooms.

                                       18

<PAGE>
Weight and Structure

         Because of light weight  characteristics  of the Company's  products as
compared to stone, they can easily be transported,  handled by fewer workers and
installed with greater ease, all at a lower cost. The Company's  products can be
used as ceiling tile and wall tile or sheets,  thereby reducing the installation
time. The Company's products can be fabricated and worked on site. The Company's
products can be routed and cut to fit odd areas with the same ease as wood.

         Because the products  manufactured  using the IDI Process are extremely
difficult  to crack like stone or do not shatter  like  glass,  they can be more
easily  handled.  The  Company's  products  are not brittle  like high  pressure
laminates  that may  chip.  The  Company's  products  do not dry out  like  high
pressure laminates which are made of craft paper.

The Marketplace

         The Company  believes  that the major markets for its products are home
decorating,  office design,  furniture  construction for home, retail and office
uses,  commercial  graphics  and  advertising,  large  format  convention  booth
construction  and retail  display  fixtures  and  buildouts.  The  Company  also
believes  that there exists a market for the  reproduction  of fine art, both in
its  original  size and  form as well as in  shapes  and  forms  other  than the
original  canvas.  The Company  believes  that the use of the IDI Process in the
reproduction  of fine art will result in pieces that exhibit higher  resolution,
realism  and  conformance  to the  original  than the  traditional  lithographic
printing systems.

         Home and Office Furniture, Decoration and Furnishings

         The Company  believes  that the IDI Process has many  applications  for
furniture and fixture use such as desks, tables, wall system dividers,  vanities
and cabinets.

         The  Company  believes  that there are  approximately  6,600  Furniture
Designers and Custom  Builders in the furniture  industry.  The Company  further
believes  that there are over 3,300 kitchen  cabinet and equipment  manufactures
and more than  2,200  kitchen  and  planning  services  to market in the  United
States.  Moreover,  Kitchen and Bath Design News ("KBDN") the industry  magazine
for the Kitchen and Bath industry reported U.S. Remodeling Expenditures for 1995
were $123.9 Billion. Cabinet demand in that year reached 72.2 million units. The
Business and Industrial Furniture  Manufacturers  Association reported the value
of U.S. office  furniture  shipments in 1995 was $9.43 Billion.  There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to  successfully  penetrate any of these
markets or that the Company's proposed products will be commercially successful.
See "Risk Factor."

         Display Furniture and Fixtures

         The 1996 report The Size of the Exhibition  Industry recently published
by the Center for Exhibition  Industry Research reported that in 1996 there were
4,000  exhibitions held within the United States and Canada,  which  exhibitions
occupied over 448 million square feet. The average booth size was reported to be
300 square  feet.  While it is not  possible to  determine  the exact  amount of
surface  materials used in the  construction of each booth, the Company believes
that the amount of space is  considerable  and, while some companies will travel
from exhibit to exhibit with the same display several times, changes in products
and services will  necessitate  changes in display design.  The Company believes
that its proposed marketing program can adequately and efficiently introduce the
Company's  products to the exhibition  industry.  There can be no assurance that
the Company is correct in this belief.

         The Company  believes that the retail  display  industry is also a very
large market. This market comprises counters,  cabinets, wall displays, shelving
and point of sale buildouts. Point of sale advertising for signage, graphics and
image  displays is also a  specialized  segment that will be focused  separately
from the other display market  segments.  The Company believes that its proposed
marketing  program  can  adequately  and  efficiently  introduce  the  Company's
products into the retail display  market,  as well as the signage,  graphics and
image display markets. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able

                                       19

<PAGE>
     to  successfully  penetrate  any of these  markets  or that  the  Company's
proposed products will be commercially successful. See "Risk Factor."

Limited Edition Fine Art Reproduction

         The Company  believes  that limited  editions of many art works are not
made  available due to the high cost of  reproducing  the pieces and the cost of
carrying  the  sizable  inventory  of the  lithographs  necessary  to  make  the
production  run economic.  The Company  intends to solicit  museums,  galleries,
private  collectors and artists to reproduce  their art works  utilizing the IDI
Process.  The images would be stored  digitally  until an order was received and
then the piece would be reproduced at that time. The Company  believes that this
method would eliminate the cost of carrying large  inventories.  In addition the
Company believes that the quality of the image produced using the IDI Process is
superior  to   reproductions   made  using   alternative   techniques.   Current
lithographic  techniques  limit the size of the  reproduction to the size of the
plate that was used to create the end  product.  The IDI Process is not bound by
the same  limitation.  The Company  believes that the IDI Process will introduce
into the market larger  formats than the original and new  applications  for the
image to be reproduced. There can be no assurance that the Company is correct in
its belief that such a market exists.

Image Library

         The Company believes that it will be required to pay licensing fees and
royalties for  photographic,  copyrighted  logos and symbols and fine art images
that are proprietary. The Company also believes that over time the image library
that will be generated in the course of fulfilling customers design requirements
will become a valuable asset for license by third parties.  The Company believes
that the  marketing of these  images for various  mediums will become a separate
profit center.

Sales To Date

         The  Company  is  currently   utilizing  it's   proprietary   surfacing
technology to create products for the commercial and home markets. Due primarily
to the Company's  financial  constraints,  the Company's products have only been
manufactured  on a  small  scale  for  custom  orders.  However,  as part of the
Company's market  research,  management has met with a number of companies which
have  indicated  that they could  utilize  its  products,  including  commercial
furniture  manufacturers,  designers,  advertising  and PR firms and art-related
entities.  There can be no assurance,  however, that the Company's products will
ever receive commercial acceptance. See "Risk Factors."

Suppliers

         The  manufacture  of the  Company's  products  is  contingent  upon the
ability of the Company to purchase raw  materials,  specifically  polymer-silica
material, from suppliers.  Currently the Company has one vendor who supplies the
Company with the polymer-silica material the Company utilizes in the manufacture
of its products.  The loss of this supplier  would have a detrimental  effect on
the Company,  however,  the Company  believes that there are other  suppliers of
polymer-silica  material.  The Company believes that it will continue to be able
to  purchase  its  polymer-silica  material in the future at prices and on terms
similar  to its  present  capabilities.  No  assurances  can be  given  that  an
uninterrupted and adequate supply of  polymer-silica  material will be available
to the Company in the future,  although,  the Company  believes that there are a
sufficient number of suppliers so that in the event that any individual or group
of suppliers can no longer service the Company's needs, the Company will be able
to find other  suppliers at competitive  price and terms.  If conflicts arise or
there is a void of  suppliers,  this  would  have a  detrimental  effect  on the
Company's operations.




                                       20

<PAGE>
Existing Facilities

         The Company presently leases, from a nonaffiliated party, an industrial
building of 9,700 square feet of industrial space,  including 700 square feet of
office space, 900 square feet for a gallery and conference room, 375 square feet
for  coating  area and 475 square feet for a computer  room at 53 Century  Road,
Paramus, New Jersey 07657 under a three year lease. Rent is approximately $5,500
per month.

         The balance of the space,  7250 square feet, is divided into office and
gallery  areas  and  a  photographic  laboratory,  bonding  area  and  prototype
manufacturing  area.  The  laboratory  area  contains two  darkrooms,  each with
specialized  equipment  and  related  processing   equipment.   There  are  four
processing  machines  capable of producing up to 50 inch wide prints of up to 98
feet long.  However,  the largest image on a single sheet of photographic  paper
which the  laboratory  can  presently  produce  is 50  inches  by 25 feet  long.
Combining  strips of  photographic  paper can yield an image up to 10 feet by 25
feet.

         The  bonding  section  contains  two  presses  which  generally  handle
laminates up to 4 feet by 8 feet but can be set up to handle laminates of 6 feet
wide by 12 feet long.

         The  prototype  section  contains  saws,  routers,  routing  tables and
related  equipment.  In addition,  this section has sophisticated  equipment for
color coating the laminate to create borders and special effects. This equipment
is also used to apply a water and chemical proof coating to the underside of the
laminate.

         A major feature of the laboratory is a camera designed to take pictures
of flat objects, such as art. It has special devices for holding the image to be
photographed,  a long  bellows,  a large  ground  glass and holding  devices for
making transparencies up to 11 inches by 14 inches in size which are intended to
create very high resolution digital files. A small  photographic  studio capable
of photographing products has been established.

Marketing

         The Company  intends to market its products in five major markets;  (1)
commercial  furniture,  (2) new  home  and home  improvement  products  (kitchen
cabinets,  vanities,  etc.), (3) advertising  signage,  graphics and images, (4)
display fixtures and furniture,  and (5) custom  furnishings.  The Company plans
the  marketing of its products  through the use of dedicated  product  managers.
Each product  manage will be  responsible  for one market in which the Company's
products  are sold.  The  Company  anticipates  that the product  managers  will
recruit in house  sales  representatives  and  independent  manufacturers  sales
agents to introduce the  Company's  products to potential  distributors,  retail
outlets,  designers and architects to stimulate creative design applications and
interface with the consumers.

         The Company  plans to market its  products  in part  through the use of
CD-ROM systems.  Images replicating marbles, woods, stones, and other materials,
will be placed on CD-ROM,  at a lower  resolution,  so as not to be copied,  yet
high  enough  to be  viewed on a monitor  clearly  with  integrity  of color and
detail.  Decorators,  Designers,  Architects  and Consumers will be able to view
images of finished products on a monitor,  in three dimensional  imaging,  where
they will be able to manipulate the images to conform to their preferences until
the finished product is completed,  before placing an order.  Through the use of
the latest  digital  prints a color proof output could be offered to the client.
The  Company's  hoped for  capacity  to  customize  at this level  offers  great
flexibility and an opportunity to input customers' design specifications.

Employees

         As of September 30, 1997,  the Company had two executive  officers on a
full-time basis and one on a part-time basis. Additionally,  the Company employs
four  person on a  full-time  basis.  None of the  employees  of the  Company is
represented by a union. The Company considers relations with its employees to be
good.


                                       21

<PAGE>
Patents and Trademarks

         The Company does not intend to patent its proprietary trade secrets. In
the event that such information  becomes known to its competitors,  the business
of the Company would be  materially  and  adversely  effected.  The Company does
intend  to  trademark  certain  of its  trade  names.  However,  there can be no
assurance that trademark protection will be available for such marks at the time
the protection is sought. The failure to obtain such protection would materially
and adversely effect the business of the Company. See "Risk Factors."

Consideration Regarding Product Liability Insurance

         The  Company has never had any  liability  claim  asserted  against it.
However  the  Company  could be  subject  to  product  liability  claims  in the
connection  with  the use of the  custom  products  it  sells.  There  can be no
assurance  that the  company  would have  sufficient  resources  to satisfy  any
liability  resulting  from these  claims.  The  Company  does not carry  product
liability  insurance.   There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  coverage,  if
attainable,  would be adequate in terms and scope to protect it against material
adverse effects in the event of a successful product liability claim.

Legal Proceedings

         There are no material proceedings pending against the Company.

                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers.

         The  directors  and  executive   officers  of  the  Company  and  their
respective  ages,  positions with the Company,  along with certain  biographical
information are as set forth below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Name                                Age              Position

<S>                                          <C>              <C>                      
         Stephen S. Saltman                  50               President and Director

         Damian J. Greco                     49               Secretary, Treasurer and Director

         Earl Bassil Tyson                   42               Vice-President

         Donald B. Cohen                     45               Director

         Irene Scherer                       58               Director
</TABLE>

     Stephen S.  Saltman  has been the  president  and a director of the Company
since its inception. Mr. Saltman is an inventor,  photochemist, and photographer
with over  thirty  years of  experience  in his fields.  From 1992 to 1995,  Mr.
Saltman was President of Visual Impact Products,  Inc. a photographic processing
laboratory and producers of photographic  display  materials.  From 1992 to 1993
Mr. Saltman was employed by Duggal Color Projects,  Inc. as Technical  Director.
In that capacity he directed a number of mural displays. From 1975 to July 1992,
Mr.  Saltman was  president of  Chromeprint,  Inc.,  North  Bergen,  New Jersey.
Chromeprint  produced  photographic  displays for billboards,  posters,  murals,
galleries, trade show exhibits and point of purchase displays.


                                       22

<PAGE>
     Damian J. Greco has been the  Secretary,  Treasurer  and a director  of the
Company  since  February  1997.  Mr.  Greco was a Senior  Advisor  in the Global
Technology  Group of the United Nations  Development  Programme from May 1996 to
August 1997.  Mr.  Greco is the  secretary  of MiraDent  International,  Inc., a
dental  products  company.  From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Greco was the chief financial
officer and senior vice  president of  Corporate  Development  of Video  Lottery
Technologies,  a company  listed on the Nasdaq  system.  Mr. Greco  received his
M.B.A. from New York University.

     Earl Bassil  Tyson has been the  vice-president  of the  Company  since May
1996.  Mr.  Tyson was also a director of the Company  from its  inception  until
February 1997. Mr. Tyson has over twenty years of experience in the photographic
imaging  industry.  Since 1994, he has been Chief Executive  Officer of Chrystal
Images, a New York-based  photographic  image laboratory.  From 1988 to 1994, he
was the  owner/manager of Image Masters,  Inc., a New York-based film processing
laboratory.  From  1986 to 1988,  Mr.  Tyson was  manager  of  Cosmic  Sound,  a
recording studio. Mr. Tyson attended the College of the Virgin Islands from 1972
to 1974 and the Germain School of Photography from 1974 to 1976.

     Donald B. Cohen has been a director of the Company  since  September  1997.
Mr.  Cohen is an  attorney  in  private  practice  in New York  specializing  in
corporate matters,  tax planning and real estate finance.  Mr. Cohen has been in
practice for over twenty  years.  Mr.  Cohen  received his law degree from Emory
University in 1976 and a Master's of Law in Taxation from New York University in
1977. Mr. Cohen graduated magna cum laude from Ohio State University in 1973.

     Irene Scherer has been a director of the Company since  September 1997. Ms.
Scherer has been a sales and marketing consultant to Beta Screen since 1989. Ms.
Scherer received a bachelor's degree from the University of Michigan in 1960 and
an M.S. from Rutgers University in 1965 and a M.A. from Kean College in 1981.

     All of the Company's  current  directors will serve as directors  until the
next annual meeting of stockholders and until their  respective  successors have
been  duly  elected  and  qualified,   subject  to  their  earlier   removal  or
resignation.  Outside  Directors  will receive a fee of $250 for  attendance  at
meetings of the Board of Directors.  The Company's  officers are elected by, and
serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors.

Limitation of Director's Liability

         The New Jersey Supreme Court has held that the directors'  duty of care
to a  corporation  and its  stockholders  requires  the  exercise of an informed
business judgment. Having become informed of all material information reasonably
available to them,  directors  must act with  requisite care in the discharge of
their duties.  The New Jersey  General  Corporation  Law permits a  corporation,
through its  certificate  of  incorporation,  to exonerate  its  directors  from
personal  liability to the corporation or its  stockholders for monetary damages
for a  breach  of  their  fiduciary  duty of care as a  director,  with  certain
exceptions.  The exceptions  include a breach of the director's duty of loyalty,
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct or
knowing  violation of law,  improper  declaration of dividends and  transactions
from which the director derived an improper  personal  benefit.  As noted above,
the Company's certificate of incorporation  exonerates its directors,  acting in
such capacity, from monetary liability to the extent permitted by this statutory
provision.   This  limitation  of  liability  provision  does  not  eliminate  a
stockholder's right to seek non-monetary,  equitable remedies such as injunction
or rescission in order to redress an action taken by  directors.  However,  as a
practical matter, equitable remedies may not be available in all situations, and
their may be instances in which no effective remedy is available at all.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been
advised that in the opinion of the Commission  such  indemnification  is against
public   policy  as  expressed  in  the   Securities   Act  and  is   therefore,
unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or paid
by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Company in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling  person in connection with the securities being  registered,  the
Company,  will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled
by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the
question  of whether  such  indemnification  by it is against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities  Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication
of such issue.

                                       23

<PAGE>
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance

         The Company  currently does not have  directors and officers  liability
insurance.  It does not anticipate  obtaining such coverage unless such coverage
can be  purchased  at a reasonable  cost to the Company in  accordance  with the
provisions of its certificate of incorporation to the maximum extent permissible
by law.


Shareholder Agreement

         A  majority  of  the  shareholders  of  the  Company  have  approved  a
resolution  authorizing an amendment to the Company's  By-laws,  which amendment
shall reflect that actions  requiring the consent of the Board of Directors must
be unanimous. These shareholders have further agreed that upon the completion of
an initial public  offering of the Company's  securities,  this amendment to the
Company's  By-laws shall be reversed in order to permit decisions  requiring the
Board of  Directors  consent  to be made by a  majority  of the  directors.  The
resolution  further  provides  that in the event that the Board of  Directors is
unable to unanimously approve any matter presented before it, the Directors will
be  required  to  submit  the  unresolved  issue  to  the  American  Arbitration
Association ("AAA") for a resolution.  The decision rendered by the AAA shall be
binding.

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation

         The following  provides  certain  information  concerning  all Plan and
Non-Plan  compensation  awarded to,  earned by the named  executive  officer (as
designated  in Item 402 (a)(2) of Regulation  S-B),  paid by the Company for the
nine months  ended  September  30, 1997 and during the years ended  December 31,
1996 and 1995.  The Company did not incur any  compensation  expense during such
periods.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 Summary Compensation Table

                                                     Annual Compensation

      (a)                                    (b)                 (c)             (d)                 (e)

Name and Principal                                                                               Other Annual
   Position                                  Year             Salary($)         Bonus($)         Compensation($)

<S>                                          <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>      
Stephen S. Saltman                           1997              $75,000 (2)      -                $9,000(1)
  President                                  1996              $0               -                $0
  and Chairman of the Board                  1995              $0               -                $0

Damian J. Greco                              1997              $66,667 (2)      -                $189,000(1)(3)
  Secretary and                              1996              $0               -                $0
  Treasurer                                  1995              $0               -                $0

</TABLE>


(1)  Includes the cost of an automobile and expenses of upto $9,000 annually.

(2) This figure is for the salary  that has  accrued  for the nine months  ended
September 30, 1997.


                                       24

<PAGE>
(3)  On February 14, 1997, the Company entered into a Consulting  Agreement with
     Marca Group,  Inc., a company wholly owned by Mr. Greco. Under the terms of
     the  Agreement,  the Company shall pay Marca Group,  Inc. a fee of $180,000
     from the proceeds of this Offering.

Employment and Consulting Agreement

     In May 1997, the Company entered into employment agreements with two of its
officers, Stephen S. Saltman and Damian J. Greco. Pursuant to the terms of their
agreements Mr. Saltman and Mr. Greco shall receive annual compensation at a rate
of $180,000 and $160,000,  respectively,  with 10% yearly escalations during the
term of the agreements. The agreements are for a term of five years expiring May
2002.  Pursuant to the terms of the  agreements,  each employee  received  stock
options under the Company's Senior Management  Incentive Plan to purchase 50,000
and 50,000  shares at $8.00 per share,  respectively.  These  options vest a the
rate of 33.3% per annum commencing May 1998. The agreements restrict Mr. Saltman
and Mr.  Greco from  competing  with the Company  for a period of three  year(s)
after the termination of their employment.

     On February 14, 1997, the Company entered into a Consulting  Agreement with
Marca Group,  Inc., a Company  wholly owned by Damian Greco.  Marca Group,  Inc.
provides financial and management  consulting services to developing  companies.
Under the terms of the Agreement,  the Company shall pay Marca Group, Inc. a fee
of $180,000 from the proceeds of an Initial Public Offering, if such an Offering
is completed.

Senior Management Incentive Plan

     In August  1997,  the Board of  Directors  adopted  the  Senior  Management
Incentive  Plan (the  "Management  Plan"),  which  was  adopted  by  shareholder
consent.  The Management  Plan provides for the issuance of up to 350,000 shares
of the Company's  Common Stock in connection  with the issuance of stock options
and other stock purchase rights to executive officers and other key employees.

     The adoption of the Management Plan was prompted by the Company's desire to
provide the Board with sufficient  flexibility  regarding the forms of incentive
compensation which the Company will have at its disposal in rewarding  executive
officers,  key employees and consultants who render significant  services to the
Company.  The Board of Directors intends to offer key personnel equity ownership
in the Company  through the grant of stock options and other rights  pursuant to
the  Management  Plan to enable  the  Company to  attract  and retain  qualified
personnel  without  unnecessarily  depleting the Company's  cash  reserves.  The
Management  Plan is  designed  to augment the  Company's  existing  compensation
programs  and is  intended  to  enable  the  Company  to offer  executives,  key
employees  and  consultants  a personal  interest  in the  Company's  growth and
success  through  awards of either  shares of Common  Stock or rights to acquire
shares of Common Stock.

     The  Management  Plan is  intended  to attract  and  retain  key  executive
management  personnel whose performance is expected to have a substantial impact
on the  Company's  long-term  profit and growth  potential  by  encouraging  and
assisting  those persons to acquire  equity in the Company.  It is  contemplated
that only those executive  management  employees  (generally the Chairman of the
Board,   Vice-Chairman,   Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Operating  Officer,
President,  and  Vice-Presidents of the Company) who perform services of special
importance  to the Company will be additional  management  employees and has not
engaged in any  solicitations or negotiations  with respect to the hiring of any
management employees. As of the date of this Prospectus,  the Company's officers
and directors are Stephen S. Saltman,  Damian J. Greco and Earl Bassil Tyson.  A
total of 300,000  shares of Common Stock have been  reserved for issuance  under
the Management Plan. Pursuant to the terms of their employment  agreements,  Mr.
Saltman  and  Mr.  Greco  received  25,000  restricted  shares  each  under  the
Management Plan, which shares vest pursuant to a three year vesting schedule. It
is  anticipated  that awards made under the  Management  Plan will be subject to
three-year  vesting  periods,  although  the vesting  periods are subject to the
discretion of the Administrator.
See "Management - Officers and Directors."
<PAGE>

     Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the Management Plan is to be administered by
the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board, if one is appointed for this
purpose (the Board or such  committee,  as the case may be, shall be referred to
in the following  description as the  "Administrator").  Subject to the specific
provisions of the Management Plan, the Administrator will have the discretion to
determine the recipients of the awards,  the nature of the awards to be granted,
the dates such awards will be granted,  the terms and  conditions  of awards and
the  interpretation of the Management Plan, except that any award granted to any
employee of the  Company  who is also a director  of the  Company  shall also be
subject,  in the event the persons  serving as members of the  Administrator  of
such plan at the time such award is  proposed  to be granted do not  satisfy the
requirements regarding the participation of "disinterested persons" set forth in
Rule 16b-3 ("Rule 16b-3") promulgated under the Exchange Act, to the approval of
an  auxiliary  committee  consisting  of not less than two  individuals  who are
considered  "disinterested  persons" as defined under Rule 16b-3. As of the date
hereof,  the Company  has not yet  determined  who will serve on such  auxiliary
committee,  if one is required.  The Management  Plan  generally  provides that,
unless the  Administrator  determines  otherwise,  each option or right  granted
under a plan shall become  exercisable in full upon certain  "change of control"
events as described in the  Management  Plan,  or subject to any right or option
granted   under   the   Management   Plan   (through   merger,    consolidation,
reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock  dividend,  dividend in property other
than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of
shares, change in corporate structure or otherwise), the Administrator will make
appropriate  adjustments  to such  plans and the  classes,  number of shares and
price per share of stock subject to  outstanding  rights or options.  Generally,
the Management  Plan may be amended by action of the Board of Directors,  except
that any amendment  which would  increase the total number of shares  subject to
such plan,  extend the duration of such plan,  materially  increase the benefits
accruing  to  participants  under such plan,  or would  change the  category  of
persons  who can be  eligible  for awards  under such plan must be  approved  by
affirmative vote of a majority of shareholders  entitled to vote. The Management
Plan permits awards to be made thereunder until 200 .

     Directors  who  are not  otherwise  employed  by the  Company  will  not be
eligible for  participation in the Management Plan. The Management Plan provides
for four  types  of  awards:  stocks  options,  incentive  stock  rights,  stock
appreciation rights (including limited stock appreciation rights) and restricted
stock purchase agreements, as described below.

     Stock  Options.  Options  granted under the  Management  Plan may be either
incentive  stock  options  ("ISOs")  or  options  which do not  qualify  as ISOs
("non-ISOs").  ISOs may be granted  at an option  price of not less than 100% of
the fair market value of the Common  Stock on the date of grant,  except that an
ISO granted to any person who owns capital stock  representing  more than 10% of
the total  combined  voting  power of all classes of Common Stock of the Company
("10% shareholder") must be granted at an exercise price of at least 110% of the
fair market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of the grant.  The  exercise
price of the  non-ISOs  may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the
Common  Stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  Unless  the  Administrator  determines
otherwise,  no ISO or non-ISO may be exercisable  earlier than one year from the
date of grant.  ISOs may not be granted to persons who are not  employees of the
Company.  ISOs granted to persons other than 10% shareholders may be exercisable
for a period of up to ten  years  form the date of grant;  ISOs  granted  to 10%
shareholders  may be exercisable  for a period of up to five years from he dated
of grant.  No  individual  may be granted  ISOs that become  exercisable  in any
calendar  year for Common  Stock having a fair market value at the time of grant
in excess of $100,000.
Non-ISOs  may be  exercisable  for a period  of up to 13 years  from the date of
grant.

     Payment for shares of Common Stock purchases  pursuant to exercise of stock
options  shall  be paid in full in (i)  cash,  by  certified  check  or,  at the
discretion  of the  Administrator,  (ii) by shares of Common Stock having a fair
market value equal to the total  exercise price or (iii) by a combination of (i)
and (ii) above. The provision that permits the payment to exercise the option by
the payment of shares is called "pyramiding".  In general,  pyramiding enables a
holder to start with as little as one share of common  stock  and,  by using the
shares of common stock  acquired in  successive,  simultaneous  exercises of the
option,  to  exercise  the  entire  option,  regardless  of the number of shares
covered  thereby,  with no additional cash or investment other than the original
share of common stock used to exercise the option.
<PAGE>
     Upon termination of employment or consulting services,  an optionee will be
entitled to exercise the vested portion of an option for a period of up to three
months after the date of termination,  except that if the reason for termination
was a discharge  for cause,  the option  shall  expire  immediately,  and if the
reason for  termination  was for death or permanent  disability of the optionee,
the vested portion of the option shall remain exercisable for a period of twelve
months thereafter.

     Incentive  Stock Rights.  Incentive stock rights consist of incentive stock
units  equivalent  to one share of Common  Stock in  consideration  for services
performed for the Company.  Each  incentive  stock unit shall entitle the holder
thereof to receive,  without  payment of cash or property  to the  Company,  one
share of Common Stock in consideration for services performed for the Company or
any subsidiary by the employee,  subject to the lapse of the incentive  periods,
whereby the Company  shall  issue such number of shares upon the  completion  of
each specified  period.  If the employment or consulting  services of the holder
with the Company  terminate prior to the end of the incentive period relating to
the units awarded,  the rights shall thereupon be null and void,  except that if
termination  is caused by death or permanent  disability,  the holder or his/her
heirs,  as the case may be,  shall be entitled to receive a pro rata  portion of
the shares  represented  by the units,  based upon that portion of the incentive
period which shall have elapsed prior to the death or disability.

     Stock  Appreciation  Rights  (SARs).  SARs may be granted to  recipients of
options under the management Plan. SARs may be granted  simultaneously  with, or
subsequent  to, the grant of a related option and may be exercised to the extent
that  the  related  option  is  exercisable,  except  that  no  general  SAR (as
hereinafter  defined) may be exercised within a period of six months of the date
of grant of such SAR and no SAR granted  with respect to an ISO may be exercised
unless the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise exceeds
the exercise  price of the ISO. A holder may be granted  general SARs  ("granted
SARs") or limited SARs ("limited SARs"), or both. General SARs permit the holder
thereof to receive an amount (in cash,  shares of Common Stock or a  combination
of both) equal to the number of SARs  exercised  multiplied by the excess of the
fair market  value of the Common  Stock on the  exercise  date over the exercise
price of the related  option.  Limited SARs are similar to general SARs,  except
that, unless the Administrator determines otherwise,  they may be exercised only
during  a  prescribed  period  following  the  occurrence  of one or more of the
following  "Change of  Control"  transaction:  (i) the  approval of the Board of
Directors of  consolidation  or merger in which the Company is not the surviving
corporation,  the sale of all of substantially all the assets of the Company, or
the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (ii) the commencement of a tender
or exchange offer for the Company's Common Stock (or securities convertible into
Common Stock) without the prior consent of the Board;  (iii) the  acquisition of
beneficial  ownership by any person or other  entity  (other than the Company or
any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company) of securities of the Company
representing  25% or more  of the  voting  power  of the  Company's  outstanding
securities;  or (iv) if during any period of two years or less,  individuals who
at the beginning of such period  constitute the entire Board cease to constitute
a majority of the Board, unless the election, or the nomination for election, of
each new director is approved by at least a majority of the directors then still
in office.

     The exercise of any portion of either the related option or the tandem SARs
will cause a corresponding  reduction in the number of shares remaining  subject
to the option or the tandem SARs, thus maintaining a balance between outstanding
options and SARs.

     Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements.  Restricted stock purchase agreements
provide  for the sale by the  Company of shares of Common  Stock at prices to be
determined  by the Board,  which  shares  shall be subject  to  restrictions  on
disposition  for a stated  period  during  which  the  purchaser  must  continue
employment with the Company in order to retain the shares.  Payment must be made
in cash. If  termination  of employment  occurs for any reason within six months
after the date of purchase,  or for any reason other than death or by retirement
with the consent of the Company of the Company  after the  six-month  period but
prior to the time that the restrictions on disposition  lapse, the Company shall
have the option to reacquire the shares at the original purchase price.
<PAGE>
     Restricted  shares awarded under the  Management  Plan will be subject to a
period of time designated by the Administrator (the "restricted  period") during
which the recipient  must continue to render  services to the Company before the
restricted  shares will become vested.  The  Administrator may also impose other
restrictions,  terms and conditions that must be fulfilled before the restricted
shares may vest.

     Upon the grant of restricted shares,  stock certificates  registered in the
name of the recipient will be issued and such shares will constitute  issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock for all corporate  purposes.  The holder will
have the right to vote the  restricted  shares and to receive all  regular  cash
dividends (and such other distributions as the Administrator may designate),  if
any, which are paid or distributed  on the restricted  shares,  and generally to
exercise all other rights as a holder of Common  Stock,  except that,  until the
end of the  restricted  period;  (i) the  holder  will not be  entitled  to take
possession of the stock certificates representing the restricted shares and (ii)
the holder will not be entitled to sell,  transfer or  otherwise  dispose of the
restricted shares. A breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions established
by the  Administrator  with  respect  to any  restricted  shares  will  cause  a
forfeiture of such restricted shares.

     Upon expiration of the applicable  restriction  period and the satisfaction
of any other applicable conditions, all or part of the restricted shares and any
dividends or other  distributions  not  distributed to the holder (the "retained
distributions")  thereon  will  become  vested.  Any  restricted  shares and any
retained  distributions  thereon  which do not so vest will be  forfeited to the
Company.  If prior  to the  expiration  of the  restricted  period  a holder  is
terminated without cause or because of a total disability

                                       27

<PAGE>
(in  each  case as  defined  in the  Management  Plan),  or dies,  then,  unless
otherwise  determined  by the  Administrator  at the  time  of  the  grant,  the
restricted  period  applicable to each award of restricted shares will thereupon
be deemed to have expired.  Unless the Administrator  determines otherwise, if a
holder's  employment  terminates  prior  to the  expiration  of  the  applicable
restricted  period for any reason other than as set forth above,  all restricted
shares and any retained distributions thereon will be forfeited.

     Accelerating of the vesting of the restricted shares shall occur, under the
provisions of the Management  Plan, on the first day following the occurrence of
any of the following:  (a) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of an
"Approved Transaction"; (b) a "Control Purchase"; or (c) a "Board Change."

     An "Approved  Transaction" is defined as (A) any consolidation or merger of
the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving  corporation
or  pursuant  to which  shares of Common  Stock  would be  converted  into cash,
securities  or other  property  other than a merger of the  Company in which the
holders  of the  Common  Stock  immediately  prior to the  merger  have the same
proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately
after the merger,  or (B) any sale, lease,  exchange,  or other transfer (in one
transaction or a series of related  transactions) of all, or substantially  all,
of the assets of the  Company,  or (C) the  adoption of any plan or proposal for
the liquidation of dissolution of the Company.

     A "Control  Purchase" is defined as  circumstances  in which any person (as
such term is defined in Sections  13(d)(3) and  14(d)(2) of the  Exchange  Act),
corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any employee benefit plan
sponsored by the Company) (A) shall purchase any Common Stock of the Company (or
securities  convertible into the Company's Common Stock) for cash, securities or
any other consideration  pursuant to at tender offer or exchange offer,  without
the prior consent of the Board of Directors, or (B) shall become the "beneficial
owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),  directly
or indirectly,  of securities of the Company  representing  twenty-five  percent
(25%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of
the  Company   ordinarily   (and  apart  from  rights   accruing  under  special
circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated
as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire
the Company's securities).

     A "Board Change" is defined as circumstances in which, during any period of
two consecutive  years or less,  individuals who at the beginning of such period
constitute  the entire Board shall Cease for any reason to constitute a majority
thereof  unless the election,  or the  nomination  for election by the company's
shareholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least a majority
of the directors then still in office.


                                       28

<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  to  the  number  of  Shares
beneficially owned as of October , 1997 by (i) each person who is deemed to be a
beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding  Shares; (ii) each director;
(iii) each executive officer; and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a
group.  A person is deemed to be a beneficial  owner of any  securities of which
that person has the right to acquire  beneficial  ownership  of such  securities
within sixty days. All Shares are owned both of record and beneficially.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                    Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned

                                    Number Before    Percent Before    Percent After
Name of Beneficial Owner            Offering         Offering          Offering

<S>                                 <C>              <C>               <C>  
Stephen S. Saltman (1)              758,400          37.9%             25.3%

Earl Bassil Tyson                   0                *                 *

Damian J. Greco (2) (3)             0                *                 *

Clayton Street Advisors, L.P. (3)   600,000          30.0%             20.0%

Alexander Cavalli                   600,000          30.0%             20.0%

Donald B. Cohen                     0                *                 *

Irene Scherer                       0                *                 *

All officers and
Directors as a group (3 persons)    1,358,400        67.9%             45.3%

</TABLE>
*        Less than 5%

     (1) Does not  include  25,000  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
exercise  of  options  granted  to Mr.  Saltman  in  May  1997.  See  "Executive
Compensation -- Employment Agreements."

     (2) Does not  include  25,000  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
exercise  of  options   granted  to  Mr.  Greco  in  May  1997.  See  "Executive
Compensation -- Employment Agreements."

     (3)   Although   Mr.  Greco  does  not  own  any  shares  of  Common  Stock
individually,  and should be deemed the beneficial  owner of the shares owned by
Clayton  Street  Advisors,  L.P., a company of which the members of Mr.  Greco's
family are the only shareholders. See "Certain Transactions".



                                       29

<PAGE>
Selling Securityholders

         The following  table sets forth certain  information at October , 1997.
Each of the Selling  Securityholders  has agreed to  "lock-up"  and not sell his
warrants  for a period of two years  without  the prior  written  consent of the
Underwriter.


                                    Warrants
                                    Beneficially
Name of                             Owned Prior
Securityholder (1)                  to Offering

Arthur Midli                         100,000
Jimmy Rogers                          40,000


                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         The Company was  organized  on June 8, 1995 under the laws of the State
of New Jersey.  In June 1995,  the Company issued 958,400 Shares of Common Stock
and 1,500,000  shares of preferred stock (the  "Preferred  Stock") to Stephen S.
Saltman,  the  Company's  president,  in  consideration  of $20,000 in  accounts
receivable  and the  contribution  of furniture and  photographic  equipment and
images in the amount of $180,000.

         In June 1995, the Company issued 21,600 Shares of Common Stock to Roger
Fidler, Esq., an unaffiliated individual as an inducement for granting a loan of
$15,000 to the Company and further issued Mr. Fidler an additional 20,000 Shares
of Common Stock for payment of $1,000 of legal services.

         In March 1996, the Company  attempted to complete an offering which was
intended to be effected  under an exemption from  registration  provided by Rule
504 of  Regulation  D. The Company  originally  contemplated  that it would sell
shares of preferred stock pursuant to Rule 504. However,  the offering was never
completed.  However,  the  Company  did receive an  aggregate  of  approximately
$211,000  from one  investor.  As of  December  31,  1996,  the Company and this
individual have agreed to rescind the sale and characterize  this transaction as
a "loan".  The  Company  intends to repay this loan of  $211,000,  plus  accrued
interest at 10%, from the proceeds of this Offering. See "Use of Proceeds".

         In August 1996, the Company filed a registration statement on Form SB-2
with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to which it attempted to
register  1,000,000  Units  comprised  of  1.5  shares  of  common  stock  and 2
redeemable  common stock purchase warrants under the Securities Act of 1933. The
Company abandoned the Offering in November 1996.

         In October  1996,  Arthur  Seligman  resigned  as both an  officer  and
director of the Company.

         In  December  1996,   Stephen  Saltman  remitted  1,500,000  shares  of
Preferred  Stock  and  200,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  the  Company  for
cancellation.

         In February  1997,  the Company  issued 5,000 shares of Common Stock to
Lampert & Lampert for payment of $500 of legal services.

         In February  1997,  the Company sold 600,000  shares of Common Stock to
Damian  J.  Greco,  an  officer  and  director  of the  Company,  for  aggregate
consideration  of $5,000.  Mr.  Greco  assigned  these shares of Common Stock to
Clayton  Street  Advisors,  L.P., a company of which the members of Mr.  Greco's
family are the only shareholders.


                                       30

<PAGE>
         In February 1997, Mr. Greco loaned the Company $10,000. Pursuant to the
terms of the  transaction the loan shall be repaid from the proceeds of a public
offering of the Company's securities.

         In February 1997, the Company sold Alexander  Cavalli 600,000 shares of
the  Company's   common  stock  for  $15,000.   The   transaction  was  effected
concurrently  with the transactions  entered into by Mr. Greco referenced above.
As a result,  the payment for Mr.  Cavalli's  stock was effected by Mr.  Cavalli
advancing  funds to Marca  Group,  Inc.,  a company  owned by the members of Mr.
Greco's  family.  Marca  Group,  Inc.  remitted an  aggregate  of $30,000 to the
Company.

         On May 14,  1997,  Edward  D'Angelo  resigned  as both an  officer  and
director of the Company.

         In April 1997, the Company  consummated a private  placement  offering,
whereby the Company sold 7 units,  each unit  comprised of a promissory  note in
the amount of $50,000 bearing  interest at 10% per annum and 20,000 common stock
purchase warrants at a purchase price of $52,000 per unit. The private placement
closed in September 1997.

     For a description of the Company's  employment  agreements,  see "Executive
Compensation - Employment
Agreements."


                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

         The Company's authorized  capitalization  consists of 20,000,000 shares
of Common  Stock,  no par value per share,  and  5,000,000  shares of  Preferred
Stock, no par value per share,  which may be issued in one or more series at the
discretion of the Board of Directors.  The following summary  description of the
Common Stock and Preferred Stock are qualified in their entirety by reference to
the Company's Articles of Incorporation.

Common Stock

         Each share of Common Stock  entitles  its holder to one  non-cumulative
vote  per  share  and,  subject  to the  preferential  rights  of the  preferred
stockholders,  the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares voting
for the election of directors  can elect all the  directors if they choose to do
so, and in such event the  holders of the  remaining  shares will not be able to
elect a single  director.  Holders  of shares of Common  Stock are  entitled  to
receive such dividends as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, declare
out of Company  funds legally  available for the payment of dividends.  Upon any
liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding up of the  Company,  holders of shares of
Common  Stock are  entitled to receive pro rata all of the assets of the Company
available  for  distribution  to  stockholders  after  the  satisfaction  of the
liquidation preference of the preferred stockholders.

         Stockholders  do not have any  pre-emptive  rights to subscribe  for or
purchase any stock,  warrants or other  securities  of the  Company.  The Common
Stock is not  convertible  or redeemable.  Neither the Company's  Certificate of
Incorporation nor its By-Laws provide for pre-emptive rights.

Preferred Stock

         The  preferred  stock  may  be  issued  in one or  more  series,  to be
determined  and to bear such title or  designation as may be fixed by resolution
of the Board of  Directors  prior to the  issuance of any shares  thereof.  Each
series of the  preferred  stock  will have such  voting  powers  (including,  if
determined by the Board of Directors, no voting rights),  preferences, and other
rights as  determined  by the  Board of  Directors,  with  such  qualifications,
limitations or  restrictions as may be stated in the resolutions of the Board of
Directors  adopted  prior  to the  issuance  of any  shares  of such  series  of
preferred stock.
<PAGE>

         Purchasers of the  Securities  offered  hereby should be aware that the
holders  of any  series of  preferred  stock,  which may be issued in the future
could have voting rights,  rights to receive dividends or rights to distribution
in  liquidation,  superior  to those of  holders of the  Common  Stock,  thereby
diluting or negating the voting rights, dividend rights or liquidation rights of
the holders of the Common Stock.

         Because the terms of each series of preferred stock may be fixed by the
Company's Board of Directors  without  stockholder  action,  the preferred stock
could be issued  with  terms  calculated  to defeat a proposed  takeover  of the
Company,  or to make the removal of the  Company's  management  more  difficult.
Under certain circumstances, this could have the effect of decreasing the market
price of the Common  Stock.  Management  of the Company is not aware of any such
threatened transaction to obtain control of the Company.

Warrants

         Each  warrant  gives the holder the right to purchase  one share of the
Company's  Common Stock,  subject to adjustment in certain  events at an initial
price of $9.00 per share.  The Warrants  will be  exercisable  one year from the
date of this Prospectus for a period of four years,  until  ________,  2002. The
Warrants are redeemable by the Company at any time  commencing one year from the
date of this  Prospectus  upon 30 days notice at a redemption  price of $.05 per
Warrant,  provided  that the closing bid  quotation  of the Common  Stock for at
least 20 trading consecutive days ending not more than 15 days prior to the date
on which the Company  gives notice has been at least 150% of the then  effective
exercise price of the Warrants.  The Company may elect to redeem the Warrants at
such time as the Company requires additional capital. Redemption of the Warrants
could force the holders to exercise the Warrants and pay the exercise price at a
time  when it may be  disadvantageous  for the  holders  to do so,  to sell  the
Warrants at the then current market price when they might otherwise wish to hold
the  Warrants,  or to  accept  the  redemption  price,  which  is  likely  to be
substantially  less  than  the  market  value  of the  Warrants  at the  time of
redemption.  The Company  will not redeem the  Warrants at any time in which its
registration  statement  is not  current,  so  that  investors  will  be able to
exercise  their  Warrants  during  the 30 day  notice  period  in the event of a
warrant redemption by the Company.

         The exercise price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable
upon the exercise of each Warrant are subject to adjustment  in certain  events,
including  the  issuance of a stock  dividend to holders of Common  Stock,  or a
combination,  subdivision  or  reclassification  of Common Stock.  No fractional
shares will be issued upon  exercise of  Warrants,  but the Company will pay the
cash value of the fractional shares otherwise issuable.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in case of any consolidation,  merger,
sale  or   conveyance  of  the  property  of  the  Company  as  an  entirety  or
substantially  as an  entirety,  the holder of each  outstanding  Warrant  shall
continue  to have the right to  exercise  the Warrant for the kind and amount of
shares and other securities and property (including cash) receivable by a holder
of the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Warrants were exercisable
immediately prior thereto.

         Holders of Warrants are not entitled,  by virtue of being such holders,
to receive  dividends  or to consent or to  receive  notice as  stockholders  in
respect of any meeting of  stockholders  for the  election of  directors  of the
Company or any other mater,  or to vote at any such meeting,  or to exercise any
rights whatsoever as stockholders of the Company.

         Although the Company  intends to seek to qualify for sale the shares of
Common Stock underlying the Warrants in those states in which the Securities are
to be offered. No assurance can be given that such qualification will occur. The
Warrants  may be  deprived of any value and the market for the  Warrants  may be
limited if a current prospectus covering the Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of the Warrants is not kept  effective or if such Common Stock is not  qualified
or exempt from  qualification  in the  jurisdictions in which the holders of the
Warrants then reside.
<PAGE>
         The  Warrants  may not  exercised  unless  the  Company  has a  current
Prospectus.  Prior to the  exercise of any  Warrants,  the  Company  must file a
post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
forms a part, and such  post-effective  amendment must be declared  effective by
the  Commission.  The Company  will notify all  Warrantholders  and its transfer
agent that the Warrants may not be exercised in the event that a  post-effective
amendment has not been declared effective on or before the one-year  anniversary
of this  Prospectus,  as to prevent the  Warrants  from being  exercised  in the
absence of a current, effective Registration Statement.

         In the event the  Company  reduces  the  exercise  price or extends the
exercise  period of the Warrants,  the Company will  undertake the  notification
filing   provisions   herein   referred  to  with  respect  to  notification  of
Warrantholders and the filing of a post-effective amendment. No such changes are
currently contemplated by the Company.

Private Placement Warrants

         The Company  consummated a private placement offering of its securities
in April 1997 (the "Private Placement"),  whereby the Company sold 7 units, each
comprised of a promissory note in the amount of $50,000 bearing  interest at the
rate of 10% per annum,  and 20,000 common stock purchase  warrants at a purchase
price of $52,000 per unit. The warrants entitle the holder to purchase one share
of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $6.00 per share at any time  prior to
April 17,  2000.  The  Company  has been  advised  by the  Underwriter  that the
Underwriter does not intend to make a market in the Private Placement  Warrants.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the owners of the Private Placement Warrants can
exercise  their  warrants  and  receive  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock
identical  to the shares of Common  Stock  offered  herein.The  proceeds  of the
Private  Placement  were used by the  Company as working  capital to finance its
operations.
<PAGE>
Notes

         The Company has agreed to repay an aggregate of $252,000 of  promissory
notes on the earlier of (i) the consummation of a public  financing  through the
sale of equity  securities;  (ii) 24 months from the date  hereof;  or (iii) the
"calling"  of the  Notes  as  authorized  by the  Board of  Directors,  and bear
interest  at the rate of 10% per annum,  payable at  maturity.  The Notes may be
prepaid at any time without premium or penalty.  In case an event of default (as
defined  in the Note)  shall  occur and be  continuing,  a Note shall be due and
payable immediately (subject, in certain circumstances,  to the payor's right to
cure).  The  Company  intends  to repay  the  Notes  from the  proceeds  of this
Offering.   See  "Use  of  Proceeds"  and  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related
Transactions."

Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent.

         The Company's  Transfer  Agent and Warrant Agent is  Continental  Stock
Transfer and Trust Company,  which Agent is  responsible  for all record keeping
and administrative functions in connection with the Common Stock and Warrants.

                             REPORTS TO STOCKHOLDERS

         The Company has adopted December 31 as its fiscal year end. The Company
will  distribute  annual  reports  to  its  stockholders,   including  financial
statements  examined  and  reported  on  by  an  independent   certified  public
accountant, and will provide such other reports as management may deem necessary
or appropriate to keep stockholders informed of the Company's operations.

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Of the  2,005,000  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock  outstanding,
1,400,000  shares were  issued in June 1995 and 605,000  were issued in February
1997. All of such shares are "restricted  securities"  which, in the future, may
be sold upon  compliance  with Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act, or any
other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

         Rule  144  provides,  in  essence,  that a person  holding  "restricted
securities"  for a period of one year may sell every three  months in  brokerage
transactions an amount equal to the greater of: (a) one percent of the Company's
outstanding  shares of Common Stock;  (b) the average weekly  reported volume of
trading  for  the  securities  on all  national  exchanges  and/or  through  the
automated  quotation system of a registered  securities  association  during the
four calendar week period preceding each transaction;  or (c) the average weekly
trading volume in the securities  reported through the consolidated  transaction
reporting  system during the four  calendar week period.  Rule 144 also requires
that current  information about the securities must be available to stockholders
and brokers.

         Therefore,  after  taking  into  account  the shares to be sold in this
Offering  (and without  giving effect to any shares of Common Stock which may be
issued upon  exercise of the  Warrants) in each  three-month  period  commencing
March 1997, at least 30,050 (31,550 shares if the  Underwriter's  Over-allotment
option in exercised in full) shares may be publicly  sold under Rule 144 by each
holder of  "restricted  securities"  who has held such  shares  for at least one
year.


                                       33

<PAGE>
         Persons  who are  not  "affiliates"  of the  Company,  as that  term is
defined under the Securities Act, who have been  non-affiliates  for the 90 days
immediately  preceding the sale, and who have owned their shares for a period of
at least three years, may sell such shares without limitation.  Giving effect to
the sale of  1,000,000  Units by the  Company,  the Company will have issued and
outstanding   3,005,000  shares  (3,155,000  if  the  Over-allotment  Option  is
exercised  in full) of its  Common  Stock,  of which  2,005,000  shares  will be
"restricted  securities." Investors should be aware that the possibility of such
sales under Rule 144 will in all  probability  have a  depressive  effect on the
price of the Company's Common Stock in any market which may develop.

         All  officers,  directors  and  owners  of 5% or more of the  Company's
Common Stock, except the Selling Stockholders,  have agreed to "lock-up" and not
sell, publicly, privately or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock for
a  period  of two  years  from  the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  whereby  these
stockholders  cannot sell,  publicly,  privately or otherwise  dispose of any of
their shares without the prior written consent of Global Equities Group, Inc.


                                  UNDERWRITING

     The Company has entered into an  Underwriting  Agreement (the  "Agreement")
with Global  Equities  Group,  Inc. (the  "Underwriter").  The  Underwriter is a
registered  broker-dealer  which was  organized  on or about 199 and is  engaged
primarily in the retail  brokerage  business.  The  Underwriter  is a relatively
small firm which has engaged in and completed firm commitment  public offerings.
There can be no assurance that the Underwriter will be able to make a meaningful
market in the  Company's  Securities  or that other  broker/dealers  will make a
meaningful market in the Company's  Securities.  The Agreement has been filed as
an exhibit to the Registration  Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission of which this Prospectus forms a part.

Summary of Underwriting Agreement.

         The  Underwriter  has  agreed,  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions
contained  in the  Underwriting  Agreement,  to purchase  1,000,000  Units.  The
Underwriter  is  committed  to purchase  and pay for all of the shares of Common
Stock and Warrants  (the  "Securities")  offered  hereby if any  Securities  are
purchased.  The shares of Common  Stock and  Warrants  are being  offered by the
Underwriter, subject to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by
the  Underwriter and subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and
to certain other conditions.

         The  Underwriter  has advised the Company that it proposes to offer the
Securities  to the  public at the public  offering  price set forth on the cover
page of this  Prospectus.  The  Underwriter may allow to certain dealers who are
members  of the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD")
concessions, not in excess of $___ and $.___ per share and Warrant respectively.
The Underwriter  will not confirm sales of any of the securities  offered herein
to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority.
<PAGE>
         Prior to this Offering,  there has been no public market for the Common
Stock or the  Warrants.  Accordingly,  the  offering  or  exercise  price of the
Securities being offered hereby were determined,  in large part, by negotiations
between the Company and the Underwriter on an arbitrary basis and bear no direct
relationship to the assets,  earnings or any other recognized criteria of value.
Factors  considered in determining such prices, in addition to prevailing market
conditions,  included the history of and the business  prospects for the Company
and an assessment of the net worth and  financial  condition of the Company,  as
well as such other factors as were deemed  relevant,  including an evaluation of
management  and the general  economic  climate.  The prices  should in no event,
however,  be regarded as an  indication of any future market price of the Common
Stock or the Warrants.

         Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors,  affiliates and
associates  will  recommend,  encourage or advise  investors  to open  brokerage
accounts  with  any  broker-dealer  that is  obtained  to make a  market  in the
Company's Securities. Furthermore, no promoter or anyone acting at the direction
of the Company's officers, directors,  affiliates,  associates or promoters will
engage in such activities.

         The Company has granted to the  Underwriter an option,  exercisable for
thirty  (30)  days  from  the  date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to an
additional  150,000  Units at the public  offering  price set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus,  less the underwriting  discounts and commissions.  The
Underwriter  may exercise  this option in whole or, from time to time,  in part,
solely for the purpose of covering  over-allotments,  if any, made in connection
with the sale of the Securities offered hereby.

         The Company has agreed to pay to the  Underwriter  3% of gross proceeds
of the Securities sold by the Company,  or a total of $219,000  ($251,850 if the
Underwriter's  Over-allotment Option is exercised in full) for the Underwriter's
expenses on a non-accountable basis, of which nothing has been paid to date. The
Underwriter's  expenses in excess of the non-accountable  expense allowance,  if
any,  will be borne by the  Underwriter.  To the extent that the expenses of the
Underwriter are less than the non-accountable expense allowance, such excess may
be deemed to be  additional  compensation  to the  Underwriter.  The  Company is
required to pay the cost of qualifying and registering the Securities being sold
under federal and certain state securities  laws,  together with any other legal
and accounting fees, printing and other costs in connection with the Offering.
<PAGE>
         Additionally,  pursuant  to the  terms  of the  underwriting  agreement
between the Underwriter and the Company, the Underwriter has been engaged as its
warrant  solicitation  agent,  and  pursuant  thereto  may  participate  in  the
solicitation of the exercise of the Warrants. Upon the exercise of the Warrants,
the  Company  will  pay the  Underwriter  a  commission  of 5% of the  aggregate
exercise price of the Warrants exercised.  In accordance with the NASD Notice to
Members  92-28,  no fee shall be paid:  (i) upon the  exercise  where the market
price of the underlying Common Stock is lower than the exercise price; (ii) upon
the  exercise  of any  Warrants  not  solicited  by  Underwriter;  (iii) for the
exercise  of  Warrants  held in any  discretionary  account;  or (iv)  upon  the
exercise of Warrants where disclosure of compensation  arrangements has not been
made and  documents  have not been  provided  to  customers  both as part of the
original  Offering  and at the time of  exercise.  Further,  the exercise of any
Warrant shall be presumed unsolicited unless the Warrantholder states in writing
that the transaction was solicited by the Underwriter.

         In  connection  with the  solicitation  of  Warrant  exercises,  unless
granted an exemption by the Commission from Rule 10b-6,  the Underwriter and any
other  soliciting   broker-dealer  will  be  prohibited  from  engaging  in  any
market-making activities with respect to the Company's securities for the period
commencing  either two or nine business  days  (depending on the market price of
the Company's shares of Common Stock) prior to any solicitation  activity of the
exercise of Warrants until the later of (i) the termination of such solicitation
activity or (ii) the termination (by waiver or otherwise) of any right which the
Underwriter or any other soliciting  broker-dealer may have to receive a fee for
the  exercise  of  Warrants  following  such  solicitation.  As  a  result,  the
Underwriter or other soliciting  broker-dealer may be unable to provide a market
for the Company's securities,  should it desire to do so, during certain periods
which the Warrants are exercisable.

         In connection with this Offering, the Company has agreed to sell to the
Underwriter,  for $100, five (5) year warrants (the "Underwriter's Warrants") to
purchase  from the Company an  aggregate  of 100,000  Units.  The  Underwriter's
Warrants are  exercisable at a price equal to 120% of the public  offering price
of the Units for a four year  period  commencing  one year from the date of this
Prospectus. The Underwriter's Warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned or
hypothecated  except  to the  officers  of the  Underwriter.  The  Underwriter's
Warrants  will  contain  anti-dilution   provisions  providing  for  appropriate
adjustment  under  certain  circumstances.  The  holders  of  the  Underwriter's
Warrants have no voting, dividend or other rights as shareholders of the Company
with  respect  to  shares  underlying  the  Underwriter's   Warrants  until  the
Underwriter's  Warrants  have  been  exercised.  In the  event  the  Underwriter
exercises its registration rights to effect the distribution of the Common Stock
and/or Warrants underlying the Underwriter's  Warrants,  the Underwriter and any
holder of such Warrants who is a market maker in the Company's Securities, prior
to  such  distribution,  will  be  unable  to  make a  market  in the  Company's
Securities  for up to a period of nine days  prior to the  commencement  of such
distribution and until such distribution is completed. If the Underwriter ceases
making a  market,  the  market  and  market  prices  for the  securities  may be
adversely  affected,  and  the  holders  thereof  may be  unable  to  sell  such
Securities.

     The Company has agreed,  for a period of five years  following  the date of
this  Prospectus,  to give  advance  notice to the holders of the  Underwriter's
Warrants or underlying shares of its intention to file a registration statement,
and in such case the holders of the Underwriter's Warrants and underlying shares
shall  have the right to  require  the  Company  to  include  the  Underwriter's
Warrants and underlying shares in such  registration  statement at the Company's
expense.  In  addition,  at any time during the four year period  following  the
first  anniversary  of  the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  holders  of 50% of the
Underwriter's  Warrants or the underlying  shares will have the right to require
the Company to prepare and file,  at the  Company's  expense,  one  registration
statement so as to permit the public offering of the Underwriter's  Warrants and
the shares underlying such Warrants.
<PAGE>
         The Company has further agreed that no officer, director or shareholder
of the Company's  Securities will offer,  sell or otherwise dispose of, directly
or indirectly,  any shares of Common Stock for a period of 24 months without the
prior written consent of the Underwriter,  except with respect to the Securities
being sold by the Selling Securityholders.

         Although the Company has additionally agreed to elect a designee of the
Underwriter  to  its  Board  of  Directors  for a  period  of  five  years,  the
Underwriter  has  advised the Company  that it has no  intention  to select such
individual  in the  immediate  future.  In the event that such an  individual is
designated,   such  individual  shall  receive  reimbursement  of  expenses  for
attending the meetings of the Board of Directors.

         The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against liabilities
incurred by the  Underwriter  by reason of  misstatements  or omissions to state
material facts in connection with the statements made in this Prospectus and the
Registration  Statement of which it forms a part. The Underwriter,  in turn, has
agreed to indemnify the Company against  liabilities  incurred by the Company by
reason of  misstatements or omissions to state material facts in connection with
statements  made  in  the   Registration   Statement  and  Prospectus  based  on
information furnished by the Underwriter.

         The foregoing does not purport to be a complete  statement of the terms
and conditions of the Agreement, copies of which are filed at the offices of the
Company and Underwriter and may be examined there during regular business hours.

                        SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS' OFFERING

         Concurrently  with this  Offering,  140,000  shares  of  Common  Stock,
including  140,000  shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of 140,000
warrants have been  registered  under the Securities Act for resale on behalf of
the Selling Securityholders.

         The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sales of the Selling
Securityholders's  Shares by the Selling  Securityholders.  Sales of the Selling
Securityholders'  Shares or even the potential of such sales,  would likely have
an adverse effect on the market price of the Company's securities.

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

         The validity of the  Securities  offered hereby and certain other legal
matters will be passed on for the Company by its counsel, Lampert & Lampert, New
York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriter by
its  counsel,  Mound  Cotton &  Wollan,  New York,  New York.  Lampert & Lampert
received 5,000 shares of Common Stock as payment for fees and expenses  incurred
prior to this Offering.

                                     EXPERTS

         The  financial  statements  of the  Company as of July 31, 1997 and for
each of the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1995  included in the  Prospectus
have been audited by Thomas P.  Monahan,  C.P.A.,  independent  auditors and are
included in reliance upon their report appearing elsewhere herein given upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.



                                       36

<PAGE>
NO  DEALER,  SALESMAN  OR ANY  OTHER                   IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.
PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS                 1,000,000 Units
OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS        Consisting of One Share of
IN CONNECTION  WITH THE OFFERING  CONTAINED            Common Stock and Three 
HEREIN,  AND IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION          Class A Warrants
OR  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST  NOT BE  RELIED  UPON.
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF
THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY STATE TO
ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN
OFFER.  THE DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS AT ANY TIME
DOES NOT IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION  STATED IS CORRECT
AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.

          --------------------
     
          TABLE OF CONTENTS

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

RISK FACTORS

DIVIDEND POLICY

DILUTION

USE OF PROCEEDS

CAPITALIZATION

BUSINESS

MANAGEMENT

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS                                 ------------------
                                                           PROSPECTUS
DESCRIPTION OF                                         ------------------
SECURITIES

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR
FUTURE SALE

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS
AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

UNDERWRITING

LEGAL OPINIONS

EXPERTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                     GLOBAL EQUITIES GROUP, INC.

UNTIL , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE 
OF THIS PROSPECTUS) ALL DEALERS EFFECTING
TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A             October  , 1997
PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE 
OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS 
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITER AND WITH RESPECT 
TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.


<PAGE>
                                     PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

         The New Jersey Supreme Court has held that the directors'  duty of care
to a  corporation  and its  stockholders  requires  the  exercise of an informed
business judgment. Having become informed of all material information reasonably
available to them,  directors  must act with  requisite care in the discharge of
their duties.  The New Jersey  General  Corporation  Law permits a  corporation,
through its  certificate  of  incorporation,  to exonerate  its  directors  from
personal  liability to the corporation or its  stockholders for monetary damages
for a  breach  of  their  fiduciary  duty of care as a  director,  with  certain
exceptions.  The exceptions  include a breach of the director's duty of loyalty,
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct or
knowing  violation of law,  improper  declaration of dividends and  transactions
from which the director derived an improper  personal  benefit.  As noted above,
the Company's certificate of incorporation  exonerates its directors,  acting in
such capacity, from monetary liability to the extent permitted by this statutory
provision.   This  limitation  of  liability  provision  does  not  eliminate  a
stockholder's right to seek non-monetary,  equitable remedies such as injunction
or rescission in order to redress an action taken by  directors.  However,  as a
practical matter, equitable remedies may not be available in all situations, and
their may be instances in which no effective remedy is available at all.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"), may be permitted to directors,
officers  and  controlling  persons  of the  Company  pursuant  to any  charter,
provision, by-law, contract, arrangement,  statute or otherwise, the Company has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event  that a claim for  indemnification
against  such  liabilities  (other  than the  payment by the Company of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Company in
the  successful  defense of any such action,  suit or proceeding) is asserted by
such director,  officer or controlling  person of the Company in connection with
the Securities being registered  pursuant to this  Registration  Statement,  the
Company  will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled
by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the
question  whether  such  indemnification  by  it is  against  public  policy  as
expressed in the Securities  Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication
by such court of such issue.

Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                                <C>  
         SEC Registration Fee ............................         $5,713.00(1)(2)
         NASD Filing Fee .................................          4,867.10
         Nasdaq Filing Fee ...............................          10,000
         Printing and Engraving ..........................          40,000(1)
         Legal Fees ......................................          125,000(1)
         Accounting ......................................          15,000(1)
         Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent Fees ...........          3,000(1)
         Blue Sky Fee Expenses ...........................          25,000(1)
         Underwriter's non-accountable
           expense allowance .............................          219,000(1)
         Miscellaneous ...................................          10,000(1)

         Total ...........................................          $457,580.10

                                                                   
</TABLE>

(1) Estimated.

(2) The Company  previously  paid  $9,344.77 in  connection  with the  Company's
original filing on August 6, 1996.



                                      II-1

<PAGE>
Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

         The  following  issuance  of shares of Common  Stock were  exempt  from
registration  under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption  afforded
by Section 4(2) of the  Securities Act for  transactions  not involving a public
offering. All certificates evidencing such sales bear an appropriate restrictive
legend.

         In June 1995,  the Company  issued  21,600 shares of Common Stock to an
unaffiliated individual, Roger Fidler, Esq. as an inducement for granting a loan
of  $15,000 to the  Company  and 20,000  shares of Common  Stock for  payment of
$1,000 of legal services.

         In February  1997,  the Company issued 5,000 shares of its Common Stock
to Lampert & Lampert, counsel to the Company for fees and expenses.

         In February 1997, the Company sold Alexander  Cavalli 600,000 shares of
the  Company's   common  stock  for  $15,000.   The   transaction  was  effected
concurrently  with the transactions  entered into by Mr. Greco referenced above.
As a result,  the payment for Mr.  Cavalli's  stock was effected by Mr.  Cavalli
advancing  funds to Marca  Group,  Inc.,  a company  owned by the members of Mr.
Greco's  family.  Marca  Group,  Inc.  remitted an  aggregate  of $30,000 to the
Company.

         In February 1997, the Company sold Alexander  Cavalli 600,000 shares of
the  Company's   common  stock  for  $15,000.   The   transaction  was  effected
concurrently  with the transactions  entered into by Mr. Greco referenced above.
As a result,  the payment for Mr.  Cavalli's  stock was effected by Mr.  Cavalli
advancing  funds to Marca  Group,  Inc.,  a company  owned by the members of Mr.
Greco's  family.  Marca  Group,  Inc.  remitted an  aggregate  of $30,000 to the
Company.

         The Company consummated a private placement offering in April 1997. The
Company sold 7 units in the Private  Placement  to the Selling  Securityholders.
The units each  comprised  a  promissory  note in the amount of $50,000  bearing
interest  at 10% per  annum and  20,000  common  stock  purchase  warrants  at a
purchase price of $52,000 per unit.


Item 27.  Exhibits.

         The  following  exhibits  marked with an asterisk  are being filed with
this Registration Statement on Form SB-2.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                        <C>                               
  1.1             -        Form of Underwriting Agreement between the Company and Greenway Capital Corporation.
  1.2             -        Form of Selected Dealer Agreement
  1.3             -        Form Agreement Among Underwriters
  1.4             -        Form of Underwriter's Warrant
  1.5             -        Form of Underwriter's Agreement between the Company and Global Equities Group, Inc.   
  3.1             -        Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
  3.2             -        By-Laws of the Company.
  4.1             -        Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2             -        Specimen "A" Warrant Certificate.
  4.3             -        Form of Warrant Agreement between the Company and the Underwriter.
  4.4             -        Form of Warrant Agreement between the Company and Continental
                           Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
  4.5             -        Form of Lock-up Agreement.
  5.0             -        Opinion of Lampert & Lampert.
  5.1             -        Opinion of Pensley & Fugler
 10.1             -        Agreement with FCD Table-Tops, Inc., dated December 15, 1996
 10.2             -        Agreement with SMP Graphic Services, Inc., dated April 16, 1996   
 10.3             -        Lease of premises at 36 East 13th Street, West Paterson, New Jersey 07524
 10.4             -        Form of Consulting Agreement between the Company and Greenway Capital Corporation    
 10.5*            -        The Company's Senior Management Incentive Plan.
 10.6*            -        Employment Agreement with Stephen Saltman.
 10.7*            -        Employment Agreement with Damian J. Greco.
 10.8             -        Consulting Agreement between Marca Consulting Group, Inc. and the Company.
 10.9*            -        Lease Agreement between Imaging Dynamics and Bonnano Real Estate Group III, L.P.
 23.1*            -        Consent of Thomas P. Monahan C.P.A.
 23.2             -        Consent of Pensley & Fugler, Esqs.
 23.3*            -        Consent of Lampert & Lampert, Esqs.

</TABLE>

                                      II-2

<PAGE>
Item 28.  Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a Post-Effective Amendment to this Registration Statement;

                    (i) to include any prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3)
               of the Securities Act;

                    (ii) to  reflect  in the  prospectus  any  facts  or  events
               arising after the effective  date of the  Registration  Statement
               (or the most  recent  Post-Effective  Amendment  thereof)  which,
               individually or in the aggregate,  represent a fundamental change
               in the information set forth in the Registration Statement;

                    (iii) to include any  material  information  with respect to
               the  plan  of  distribution  not  previously   disclosed  in  the
               Registration Statement or any material change to such information
               in the Registration  Statement,  including but not limited to any
               addition or deletion of a managing Underwriter.

         (2) That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
Securities Act, each such  Post-Effective  Amendment shall be deemed to be a new
Registration  Statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities  at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

         (3) To remove from  registration by means of  Post-Effective  Amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

         (4) That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
shall be deemed to be a new  Registration  Statement  relating to the securities
offered  therein,  and the  offering  of such  securities  at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         The  undersigned   Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
Underwriter at the Closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
Underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Company,  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Company has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event  that a claim for  indemnification
against  such  liabilities  (other  than the  payment by the Company of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the Company in
the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered,  the Company  will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue. See Item 24.

                                      II-3

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
the requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and has duly caused this  Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized in New York, New York on the 22nd day of October, 1997.

                                                     IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.


                                            By:        /s/ Stephen S. Saltman
                                                   STEPHEN S. SALTMAN, President


         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



<S>                                         <C>                                         <C>
/s/ Stephen S. Saltman                      President and Director
Stephen S. Saltman                          (Principal Executive                        10/22/97
                                            Officer)                                    Date


/s/ Damian J. Greco                         Secretary, Treasurer                        10/22/97
Damian J. Greco                             and Director                                Date



/s/ Donald B. Cohen                         Director                                    10/22/97
Donald B. Cohen                                                                         Date


/s/ Irene Scherer                           Director                                    10/21/97
Irene Scherer                                                                           Date
</TABLE>

                                      II-4

<PAGE>

                                THOMAS P. MONAHAN
                           CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
                              208 LEXINGTON AVENUE
                           PATERSON, NEW JERSEY 07502
                                 (201) 790-8775
                               Fax (201) 790-8845

To The Board of Directors and Shareholders
of  Imaging Dynamics, Inc. (a development stage company)

I have  audited the  accompanying  balance  sheet of Imaging  Dynamics,  Inc. (a
development stage company) as of December 31, 1996 and the related statements of
operations,  cash flows and  shareholders'  equity for the period from inception
June 8, 1995 to December  31,  1995 and for the year ended  December  31,  1996.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
My responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on my audit.

I conducted my audit in accordance with generally  accepted auditing  standards.
Those standards  require that I plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing  the  accounting   principles  and   significant   estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
I believe that my audit provides a reasonable basis for my opinion.

In my opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Imaging  Dynamics,   Inc.  (a
development  stage  company)  as of  December  31,  1996 and the  results of its
operations,  shareholders equity and cash flows for the period of inception June
8,  1995 to  December  31,  1995 and for the year  ended  December  31,  1996 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying  financial  statements have been prepared assuming that Imaging
Dynamics,  Inc. (a development  stage company) will continue as a going concern.
As more fully  described  in Note 2, the Company has incurred  operating  losses
since inception and requires  additional capital to continue  operations.  These
conditions raise  substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.  Management's  plans as to these matters are described in Note 2.
The financial  statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible
effects on the  recoverability  and  classification of assets or the amounts and
classifications  of liabilities  that may result from the possible  inability of
Imaging  Dynamics,  Inc. (a  development  stage  company) to continue as a going
concern.



                                                          Thomas P. Monahan, CPA
September 30, 1997
Paterson, New Jersey


<PAGE>
                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  BALANCE SHEET
                                                                                                    July 31,
                                                                                December 31,        1997
                                                                                1996                Unaudited
                                     ASSETS
Current assets
<S>                                                                                  <C>               <C>  
  Cash                                                                               $3,195            $82,893
  Cash escrow receivable                                                                                50,000
  Accounts receivable                                                                48,793
  Inventory                                                                          2,000              2,300
  Prepaid expenses                                                                                      5,136
  Loan receivable-affiliated company                                                 21,000
                                                                                     --------          --------  
  Total current assets                                                               74,988             140,329
Capital assets-net                                                                   144,367            231,735
Other assets
  Pre offering expense                                                                                  5,000
  Investment in photographic images                                                  28,000             28,000
  Security deposit                                                                   3,800              19,210
                                                                                     --------           ------- 
  Total other assets                                                                 31,800             52,210
                                                                                     --------           ------- 
  Total assets                                                                       $251,155           $424,274
                                                                                     ========           =======
                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                              139,603            404,500
  Loan payable-investor                                                              227,916            252,019
  Loan payable-bank                                                                  4,450              3,050
  Loan payable-officer                                                               9,283              19,283
  Note payable                                                                                          249,279
  Corporate income taxes payable                                                     600                600
                                                                                     ---                ---
  Total liabilities                                                                  381,852            928,731
Stockholders equity



  Preferred stock- 5,000,000 shares authorized, no
par value.  -0- shares outstanding at December 31,
1996 and July 31, 1997                                                               -0-                -0-

  Common stock- 20,000,000 shares authorized, no
par value. The number of shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 1996 and July 31,
1997 is 800,000 and 2,005,000 respectively.                                          201,000            221,500

  Warrants- 96,462 outstanding at July 31, 1997                                                         9,846
  Deficit accumulated during development stage                                       (331,697)          (735,803)
                                                                                     -------            ---------
Total stockholders equity                                                            (130,697)          504,457
                                                                                     ---------          ---------
  Total liabilities and stockholders equity                                          251,155            424,274
                                                                                     =========          =========
</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       F-3


<PAGE>
                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    For the                                            For the         For the
                                     period                           For the           seven           period
                                      from           For the           seven            months           from
                                   inception           year           months            ended         inception
                                    June 8,           ended            ended           July 31,        June 8,
                                    1995 to          December        July 31,            1997          1995 to
                                    December            31,            1996            Unaudited       July 31,
                                    31, 1995           1996          Unaudited                          1997
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>                <C>              <C>            <C>   
Sales                                     $175,823        $121,914           $55,760          $4,808         $302,545

Cost of goods sold                        120,472          79,915             20,668           2,884          203,271
                                          ------          --------           -------          ------         ---------       

Gross profit                               55,351          41,999             35,092           1,924           99,274

Operating expenses
  General and administrative               85,799         179,672            117,983          365,405         630,876

  Research and development                                 90,500             19,000                           90,500

  Depreciation amortization                20,000          42,430             20,000           20,000          82,430             
                                          ------           ------             ------           ------          ------ 

  Total operating expenses                105,799         312,602            156,983          385,405         803,806
                                          ------          -------            -------          -------         ------- 

  Net loss before
corporate income taxes                   (50,448)        (270,603)          (121,891)        (383,481)     (704,532)

Corporate income taxes                      350             250                1,500                       600

Other income and expenses

  Interest income                                            370                                           370

  Interest expense                          (500)          (9,916)            2,500        (20,625)        (31,041)
                                            ----           -----              ----          ------           ------
                                            (500)          (9,546)            2,500        (20,625)        (30,671)

Net loss                                  $(51,298)       $(280,399)          $(125,891)    $(404,106)     $(735,803)
                                          =========       ==========          ==========    ==========     ==========   
Net loss per share                           $(.03)       $(.14)              $(.06)        $(.20)         $(.36)
                                          =========       ==========          ========      ==========     ==========

Total number of shares outstanding        2,005,000       2,005,000           2,005,000     2,005,000      2,005,000
                                          =========       =========           =========     =========      =========

</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                       

<PAGE>
                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                For the period
                                     from                        For the        For the        For the period
                                   inception                     seven          seven          from inception
                                 June 8, 1995,    For the        months         months         June 8, 1995,
                                      to          year ended     ended          ended          to July 31,
                                    December      December       July 31,       July 31,       1997
                                      31,         31,            1996           1997           Unaudited
                                                                                               ---------
                                     1995         1996           Unaudited      Unaudited
                                     ----         -----          --------       --------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>   
  Net loss ......................    $(51,298)    $(280,399)     $(125,891)     $(404,106)     $(735,803)

  Non-cash ..........................                                           500            500
transaction
  Interest expense ..................500          9,916          2,500          7,500          17,916
     
  Depreciation ......................20,000       42,430         20,000         20,000         82,430
                                    -------       -------        ------         ------         ------
                                    (30,798)      (228,053)      (103,391)      (376,106)      (634,957)
Adjustments

  Accounts receivable ...............4,726        (43,435)       (15,281)       8,793

  Inventory .........................(5,000)      3,000          (575)          (300)          (2,300)

  Prepaid expense ...................                                           (5,136)        (5,136)

  Loan ..............................             (21,000)       (5,000)        21,000
receivable-affiliate
  Accounts payable ..................19,427       120,176        62,150         264,897         404,500

  Corporate taxes payable............ 350         250                                           600
                                      -------     -------        -------        -------         -------    

  TOTAL CASH FLOWS FROM OPPERATIONS...(11,295     (169,062)      (62,097)       (86,852)        (237,293)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

  Cash escrow receivable..............                                          (50,000)        (50,000)

  Pre-offering expense ...............                                          (5,000)         (5,000)

  Capital assets .....................            (54,797)       (22,530)       (90,278)       (159,081)
 
 Security deposit .................... (3,800)                                                  (19,210)

TOTAL CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING 
ACTIVITIES 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES   (3,800)     (54,797)       (22,530)      (145,278)       (233,291)

  Issuance of  warrants .............. 1,000                                    9,846           9,846

  Sale on Common Shares ..............                                          20,000          20,000

  Notes payable-investors ............                                          249,279         249,279

  Loan payable-officer ...............            9,283                         10,000          19,283

  Loan payable-investor ..............            207,416        95,000         24,103          252,019

  Loan payable-bank ..................            4,450                         (1,400)         3,050

  Loan payable ...................... 15,000      5,000
                                      ------      -----          -------        -------         --------
TOTAL CASH FLOWS FROM 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                  16,000      226,149        95,000         311,828         553,477

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .......905        2,290          10,373         79,698          82,893

CASH BALANCE BEGINNING OF PERIOD ......-0-        905            905            3,195           -0-
                                       -----      -------        -------        -------        -------
CASH BALANCE END OF PERIOD ............$905       $3,195         $11,278        $82,893        $82,893
                                       ======     =======        =======        =======        =======
</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.
<PAGE>
                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                        STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Deficit
                                                                                     accumulated
      Date           Preferred    Preferred    Common      Common                      during
                     Stock        Stock        Stock       Stock       Warrants      development          Total
      ----                                                                           -----------          -----


<S>                  <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>                  <C>     
6-15-1995(1)         1,500,000     $100,000    1,000,000   $101,000                                       $201,000

12-31-1995           Net loss                                                         (51,298)            (51,298)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-1995           1,500,000     100,000     1,000,000   101,000                    (51,298)            149,702

12-31-1996(2)        (1,500,000)   (100,000)   (200,000)   100,000                                            -0-

12-31-1996           Net loss                                                         (280,399)          (280,399)
                     ----------   ---------   ---------    -------                     -------           --------

12-31-1996           -0-          -0-          800,000     201,000                    (331,697)          (130,697)

Unaudited

2-18-1997(3)                                   1,200,000   20,000                                           20,000

2-18-1997(4)                                       5,000    500                                                500

7-31-1997(5)                                                                9,846                            9,846

7-31-1997                                                                             (404,106)          (404,106)
                     --------     ----------   ----------   --------        -----     ---------          ---------  
7-31-1997                -0-         $-0-      2,005,000    $221,500        $9,846    $(735,803)         $(504,457)
                     ========     ==========   ==========   ========        =====     =========          ==========
</TABLE>

     (1) Issuance of Shares of Common Stock for contribution of assets.

     (2) Cancellation of Shares of Common Stock and Shares of Preferred Stock by
         Stephen Saltman.

     (3) Sale of 600,000  Shares of Common  Stock  pursuant to  Regulation  D at
         $.083 per share and sale of 600,000 Shares of Common Stock at $.025 per
         share.

     (4) Issuance of common shares to Lampert and Lampert in  consideration  for
         legal services valued at $500 or $.10 per share

     (5) Issuance of warrants as part of private placement.







                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.


<PAGE>
                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 1996


 Note 1. Organization of Company and Issuance of Common Stock

a. Creation of the Company

Imaging Dynamics, Inc. (the "Company") was formed on June 8, 1995 under the laws
of the State of New Jersey with an authorized capitalization of 5,000,000 Shares
of  Preferred  Stock,  no par value per  share and  20,000,000  Shares of Common
Stock, no par value per share.

b. Description of the Company

The Company is a development stage company that is producing limited  quantities
of products  containing a proprietary  color  imaging  laminate  process,  which
contains  imagery,  patterns,  designs and colors  coated by a tough and durable
transparent high density polymer laminate. The Company manufactures products for
four  distinct  product  lines:  furniture  and  finishes,  specialty  products,
corporate products and products for the restaurant and hospitality industry.

c. Issuance of Capital Stock

 In June,  1995, the Company issued 958,400 Shares of Common Stock and 1,500,000
Shares  of  Class  "A"  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  to  Stephen  S.  Saltman,
President,  in  consideration  of his  historic  costs of  $20,000  in  accounts
receivable  and the  contribution  of furniture and  photographic  equipment and
images in the amount of $180,000  for an average  price per  preferred  share of
$.067 per share and an average price per common share of $.104 per share.

In June, 1995, the Company issued 21,600 Shares of Common Stock to Roger Fidler,
Esq., an unaffiliated individual as an inducement for granting a loan of $15,000
to the Company and further issued 20,000 Shares of Common Stock as consideration
of $1,000 in legal  services.  The average price paid per common share was $.024
per share.





<PAGE>
     In March,  1996,  the Company  attempted to complete an offering  which was
intended to be effected  under an exemption from  registration  provided by Rule
504 of  Regulation  D. The Company  originally  contemplated  that it would sell
Shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Rule 504. However,  the offering was never
completed,  and the  rescinded  the sale of  preferred  stock.  The  Company did
receive an aggregate of approximately $211,000 from one investor. As of December
31,  1996,  the Company and this  individual  have agreed to  characterize  this
transaction as a "loan".  The Company intends to repay this loan of 211,000 plus
accrued interest at 10% from the proceeds of an offering.

On December  31, 1996,  the Board of Directors  voted to rescind the issuance of
1,500,000  Shares of  Convertible  Preferred  Stock and 200,000 Shares of Common
Stock to  Stephen  Saltman  and  converted  the  consideration  of  $100,000  to
additional paid in capital.

On February 18, 1997,  the Company sold 600,000  Shares of Common Stock pursuant
to Regulation D for $15,000 or $.025 per share.

On February  18, 1997,  the Company  sold 600,000  Shares of Common Stock for an
aggregate  consideration  of $5,000 or $.008  per share to Damian J.  Greco,  an
officer and director of the Company.  Mr. Greco  assigned these Shares of Common
Stock to Clayton  Street  Advisors,  L.P., a company of which the members of Mr.
Greco,s family are the only shareholders.

On  February  18,  1997,  the Company  issued  5,000  Shares of Common  Stock in
consideration for legal services valued at $500 or $.10 per share.

Note 2-Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

a. Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared on a going concern
basis,  which  contemplates  the  realization of assets and the  satisfaction of
liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company incurred net losses of
$735,803 for period from inception June 8, 1995 to July 31, 1997.  These factors
indicate that the Company's continuation as a going concern is dependent upon it
ability to obtain  adequate  financing.  The Company  borrowed and  aggregate of
$479,562 as of July 31,  1997.  The Compan is in the process of  completing  the
documentation  for a registered  offering.  The Company is  anticipating  at the
completion  of its  registered  offering  and  with the  increase  in sales as a
result,  the  Company  will able to  complete  the  building  of its  production
facilities and finalize the  preparation  and submission of test sample products
to furniture and image reseller's and volume users of the Company's output.  The
Company  will  require  substantial  additional  funds to finance  its  business
activities  on an ongoing  basis and will have a  continuing  long-term  need to
obtain  additional  financing.  The Company's future capital  requirements  will
depend on numerous factors including,  but not limited to, continued progress in
developing  its digital  production  and output  process and the  acquisition of
additional digital equipment and processes.  The Company plans to engage in such
ongoing financing efforts on a continuing basis.

     The  financial  statements  presented  consist of the balance  sheet of the
Company as at December 31, 1996 and the  unaudited  balance sheet as of July 31,
1997 and the related statements of operations,  retained earnings and cash flows
for the  year  ended  December  31,  1995 and  1996  and the  related  unaudited
statements of operations,  retained earnings and cash flows for the seven months
ended  July 31,  1996 and 1997 and for the period of  inception  June 8, 1995 to
July 31, 1997.

b. Cash and cash equivalents

The  Company  treats  temporary  investments  with a maturity of less than three
months as cash.
<PAGE>
c. Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.
Depreciation  is computed  over the  estimated  useful lives using the declining
balance and straight line methods.

d. Earnings per share

Earnings per share have been computed on the basis of the total number of shares
outstanding as of July 31, 1997. On that date  2,005,000  Shares of Common Stock
were outstanding.

e. Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized when products are shipped or services are rendered.

f. Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
effect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

g. Unaudited financial information

In the opinion of Management,  the accompanying  unaudited financial  statements
contain all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) necessary to
present fairly the financial position of the Company as of July 31, 1997 and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for the seven months ended July 31,
1997.  Certain  information  and  footnote   disclosures  normally  included  in
financial  statements  prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles  have been  condensed  or  omitted  pursuant  to the SEC's  rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The results of operations
for the periods  presented are not  necessarily  indicative of the results to be
expected for the full year

Note 3 - Preferred Stock

The Board of Directors of the Company has the authority,  without further action
by the holders of the  outstanding  Shares of Common  Stock,  to issue Shares of
Preferred  Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series,  to fix the
number of Shares  constituting  any class or series  and the  stated  value,  if
different from the par value,  and to fix the terms of any such series or class,
including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion or exchange rights, voting
rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions),  the
redemption  price and the  liquidation  preference of such class or series.  The
designations,  rights and  preferences of any Shares of Preferred Stock would be
set  forth in a  Certificate  of  Designation  which  would  be  filed  with the
Secretary of State of the State of New Jersey.

The Company had issued 1,500,000 Shares of Class "A" Convertible Preferred Stock
to its President, Steven Saltman.

     As of December  31,  1996,  the  Company  has agreed to amend the  offering
document and  reclassify  the $211,000 as a loan payable with interest at 10% to
be repaid out of the proceeds of a registered offering.

     On December  31,  1996,  the Board of  Directors  voted to  reclassify  the
$100,000  attributed  to the  1,500,000  Shares of Preferred  Stock to Shares of
Common Stock restating Common Stock to $201,000 and retire the preferred stock.

Note 4 - Marketable Securities, Available for Sale

     Effective  January  1,  1994  the  Company  adopted  Financial   Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 115,  "Accounting for Certain Investments
in Debt and  Equity  Securities",  which  requires  that  investments  in equity
securities  that have readily  determinable  fair values and investments in debt
securities  be  classified in three  categories:  held-to-maturity,  trading and
available-for-sale.  Based on the nature of the assets  held by the  Company and
Management's investment strategy, the Company's investments have been classified
as available-for-sale.  Management determines the appropriate  classification of
debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates  such  designation as of
each balance sheet date.
<PAGE>
Note 5 - Private Placements

a. Sale of Shares of Preferred Stock

     Pursuant to a private  placement which was intended to be effected under an
exemption  from  registration  provided by Rule 504 of Regulation D, the Company
offered on a "best  efforts"  basis,  a maximum of 107,500 Shares of Convertible
Preferred  Stock at $2.00 per unit.  During the year the  Company  sold  105,500
Share of Preferred Stock to one individual. The Company did receive an aggregate
of  approximately  $211,000  from one  investor.  As of December 31,  1996,  the
Company  and this  individual  have  agreed to rescind the sale of the shares of
preferred  stock and  characterize  this  transaction  as a "loan".  The Company
intends to repay  this loan of 211,000  plus  accrued  interest  at 10% from the
proceeds of an offering.

b. Sale of Units

     In April,  1997,  the  Company  offered 12 Units at $52,000 per Unit for an
aggregate  offering of $624,000.  Each Unit comprised a promissory note ("Note")
in the  amount of $50,000  bearing  interest  at the rate of 10% per annum,  and
20,000 Common Stock  Purchase  Warrants.  The Warrants will be registered by the
Company in connection with a registered  offering.  The principal  amount of the
Notes plus accrued interest will be repaid out of the proceeds of the Registered
Offering. The 20,000 Common Stock Warrants have been allocated a value of $2,000
per Unit or $0.10  each.  The  Warrants  will be  registered  by the  Company in
connection  with a registered  offering and will be subject to a two year lockup
which prohibits the sale of such securities without prior written consent of the
Underwriter.

The Notes are due and  payable on the  earlier of the  consummation  of a public
financing  through  the sale of equity  securities  or 24  months  from the date
thereof;  or the calling of the Notes as  authorized  by the Board of Directors,
and bear interest at the rate of 10% per annum,  payable at maturity.  The Notes
may be prepaid at any time without penalty premium or penalty.  In case an event
of  default  will  occur  and be  continuing,  a Note  will be due  and  payable
immediately subject, in certain  circumstances to the payor's right to cure. The
Notes contain no conversion  rights nor will they contain  restrictions upon the
Company's  ability  to create  liens  ion its  assets  in the  normal  course of
business or to incur additional indebtedness nor upon the conduct of its present
or proposed business. The holders of the Notes will not be accorded registration
rights under the Act.

     Included in the Units sold are Warrants to purchase Shares of Common Stock.
The Warrants will entitle each holder to purchase one Share of Common Stock at a
price  equal to the  lessor of $6.00 per share or 110% of the  initial  offering
price of the Company's Shares of Common Stock should the Company effect a public
offering  of its  Shares  of  Common  Stock  during  the  term of the  Warrants,
whichever is lesser.  The  Warrants  will be  exercisable  for a period of three
years.

     The Warrant Price and the number of Shares of Common Stock purchasable upon
the  exercise  of each  Warrant  are subject to  adjustment  in certain  events,
including  the issuance of stock  dividend to holders of Shares of Common Stock,
or combination, subdivision or reclassification of Shares of Common Stock.

     In case of any consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance of the property of
the  Company  as an entity or  substantially  as an  entity,  the holder of each
outstanding  Warrant will continue to have the right to exercise the Warrant for
the kind and amount of shares and other securities and property (including cash)
receivable  by a holder of the  number of Shares of Common  Stock for which such
Warrants were exercisable immediately prior.

     As of July 31, 1997,  the Company sold  $256,000 in Units with the proceeds
characterized as follows:  $246,154 allocated to Notes payable-investors and the
$9,846 allocated to Warrants.

     The Company has reserved 98,462 Shares of Common Stock pending the exercise
of the Warrants.

Note 6 - Inventory

Inventory  has been  recorded at the lower of cost or market  under the first-in
first-out method. Inventory components were as follows:

                                                      December 31,      July 31,

                                                           1996            1997
                                                           ----            ----

                   Raw materials                      $    2,000          $2,300
                                                           =====          ======
<PAGE>
Note 7 - Capital Assets

Capital assets consisted of the following at December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          Asset       Accumulated        Balance
                                                                      Depreciation
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>                <C>     
Computer, photographic equipment
 and fixtures                                           194,797       $50,430            $144,367
                                                        -------       -------            --------
</TABLE>

Capital assets consisted of the following at July 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          Asset       Accumulated        Balance
                                                                      Depreciation
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>                <C>     
Computer, photographic equipment
 and fixtures                                           $302,165      $70,430            $231,735
                                                        --------      -------            --------
</TABLE>

Note 8 - Investment in Photographic Images

  On June 15,  1995,  Mr.  Stephen  Saltman  contributed  40 images  that he had
created and photographed. These images comprise the basic inventory of images to
be  used  by the  Company  to  reproduce  in the  form of  images  suitable  for
lamination using the Company's  proprietary  process. The contributed cost basis
of $40,000  represents  the  historic  cost to Mr.  Saltman  to create,  design,
prepare, setup, purchase props and equipment,  film and process the image into a
suitable  format.  Amortization  is computed over a period of 10 years using the
straight line method. The usefulness of an images will be reviewed  periodically
and charged to operations upon determination of abandonment.


Note 9 - Related Party transactions

a. Issuance of Common Shares

     In June,  1995,  the  Company  issued  958,400  Shares of Common  Stock and
1,500,000 Shares of Class "A" Convertible Preferred Stock to Stephen S. Saltman,
President,  in  consideration  of his  historic  costs of  $20,000  in  accounts
receivable  and the  contribution  of furniture and  photographic  equipment and
images in the amount of $180,000  for an average  price per  preferred  share of
$.067 per share and an average price per common share of $.104 per share.

     On December 31, 1996, the Board of Directors  voted to rescind the issuance
of 1,500,000 Shares of Convertible  Preferred Stock and 200,000 Shares of Common
Stock to Stephen Saltman and convert the consideration of $100,000 to additional
paid in capital.

     On February 18, 1997,  the Company sold 600,000  Shares of Common Stock for
an aggregate  consideration  of $5,000 or $.008 per share to Damian J. Greco, an
officer and director of the Company.  Mr. Greco  assigned these Shares of Common
Stock to Clayton  Street  Advisors,  L.P., a company of which the members of Mr.
Greco's family are the only shareholders.

b. Loan payable shareholders

     As of December 31,  1996,  the Company is obligated to repay a loan payable
that was used as working  capital to Mr.  Roger  Fidler,  a  shareholder  in the
principal  amount of $10,000 plus  interest of $500  computed at the rate of 10%
per annum.  The balance  due at  December  31, 1996 and July 31, 1997 was $5,000
plus accrued interest.

     As of December 31, 1996, the Company  borrowed  $9,283 from Stephen Saltman
and is to repaid out of the proceeds of the registered offering with interest at
6%.

     In February, 1997, the Company borrowed $10,000 from Damian J. Greco and is
to repaid out of the proceeds of the registered offering with interest at 6%.
<PAGE>
c. Employment Agreement

     In May, 1997, the Company  entered into  employment  agreements with two of
its officers,  Stephen S. Saltman and Damian J. Greco.  Pursuant to the terms of
their agreements,  Mr. Saltman and Mr. Greco will receive annual compensation at
a rate of $180,000 and $160,000,  respectively with 10% escalation's  during the
term of the  agreements.  The  agreements  are for a term of five years expiring
May, 2002. Pursuant to the terms of the agreements, each employee received stock
options under the Company's Senior Management  Incentive Plan to purchase 50,000
and 50,000  shares at $8.00 per share,  respectively.  These options vest at the
rate of 33.3% per annum  commencing  May,  1998.  The  agreement  restricts  Mr.
Saltman  and Mr.  Greco from  competing  with the  Company for a period of three
years after the termination of their employment.

     As of July 31,  1997,  the  Company  accrued  an  aggregate  of  $85,000 in
salaries due Stephen Saltman and Damian Greco.

     No other officer's earned over $100,000.

d. Consulting Agreement

     On February 14, 1997, the Company entered into a consulting  agreement with
Marca Group,  Inc., a company  wholly owned by Damian Greco.  Marca Group,  Inc.
provided  financial and  management  consulting  services  between the months of
February and July, 1997. The fee of $180,000 will be paid from the proceeds of a
registered offering.  The balance of $180,000 is characterized as a component of
accounts payable at July 31, 1997.

e. Senior Management Incentive Plan

     In August,  1997, the Company adopted the Senior Management  Incentive Plan
(the  "Management  Plan"),   which  was  adopted  by  shareholder  consent.  The
Management  Plan  provides  for the  issuance of up to 350,000  Shares of Common
Stock in connection  with the issuance of stock options and other stock purchase
rights to executive officers and other key employees.

     Directors  who  are not  otherwise  employed  by the  Company  will  not be
eligible for  participation in the Management Plan. The Management Plan provides
for  four  types  of  awards:  Stock  Options,  Incentive  Stock  Rights,  Stock
Appreciation Rights and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements.

     The Management  Plan is to be  administered  by the Board of Directors or a
committee of the Board.  The  issuance's  of shares or options may be granted to
employees, officers, directors,  consultants of the Company or any other parties
who have made a  significant  contributions  to the  business and success of the
Company. The exercise price of the options granted under the Management Plan may
be more,  equal to or less than the then  current  market price of the Shares of
Common Stock as deemed to be appropriate.

Stock Options

     Options  granted under the Management  Plan may be either  incentive  stock
options ("ISO's") or options which do not qualify as ISO's ("non-ISO's").  ISO's
may be granted at an option price of not less than 100% of the fair market value
of the  Common  Stock on the date of grant,  except  that an Iso  granted to any
person who owns capital stock  representing  more than 10% of the total combined
voting power of all classes of Common Stock must be granted at an exercise price
of at least 110% of the fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock on the date of
grant.  The exercise price of the non-ISO's may not be less than 85% of the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.  Unless the Administrator
determines  otherwise,  no ISO or non-ISO may be exercisable earlier than 1 year
from  the  date of  grant.  ISO's  may not be  granted  to  persons  who are not
employees of the Company.  ISO's granted to 10%  shareholders may be exercisable
for a period of up to five years from the date of the grant.  No individual  may
be granted ISO's that become  exercisable  in any calendar year for Common Stock
having a fair market value at the time of grant in excess of $100,000. Non-ISO's
may be exercisable for a period of up to 13 years from the date of grant.

     Payment of Shares of Common Stock  purchases  pursuant to exercise of stock
options will be paid in full in cash, or at the discretion of the  Administrator
by Shares of Common Stock having a fair market value equal to the total exercise
price or by a combination of the above.
<PAGE>
     Upon termination of employment or consulting services,  an optionee will be
entitled to exercise the vested portion of an option for a period of up to three
months after the date of termination,  except that if the reason for termination
was a discharge for cause, the option will expire immediately, and if the reason
for  termination  was for death or permanent  disability  of the  optionee,  the
vested portion of the option will remain exercisable for a period of 12 months.

Incentive Stock Rights

     Incentive stock rights consist of incentive  stock units  equivalent to one
share of Common Stock in  consideration  for services  performed for the Company
without the payment of cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights ("SAR's")

     Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to recipients of options under the
Management Plan. SAR's may be granted  simultaneously with or subsequent to, the
grant of a related  option and may be exercisable to the extent that the related
option is exercisable,  except that no SAR granted with respect to an ISO may be
exercised  unless  the  fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock on the date of
exercise  exceeds  the  exercise  price of the ISO.

     The  exercise  of any  portion of either the  related  option or the tandem
SAR's  will cause a  corresponding  reduction  I the number of shares  remaining
subject to the option or the tandem SAR's.

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements

     Restricted  stock purchase  agreements  provide for the sale by the Company
Shares of Common  Stock at prices to be  determined  by the Board,  which shares
will be subject to  restrictions on disposition for a stated period during which
the purchaser must continue  employment  with the Company in order to retain the
shares. payment must be in cash.

Note 10 - Income Taxes

     The Company  provides for the tax effects of  transactions  reported in the
financial statements. The provision if any, consists of taxes currently due plus
deferred taxes related primarily to differences  between the basis of assets and
liabilities for financial and income tax reporting.  The deferred tax assets and
liabilities,  if any  represent  the  future tax  return  consequences  of those
differences,  which will  either be taxable  or  deductible  when the assets and
liabilities are recovered or settled. As of December 31, 1996 and July 31, 1997,
the Company  had no material  current tax  liability,  deferred  tax assets,  or
liabilities to impact on the Company's  financial  position because the deferred
tax asset related to the Company's net operating loss carryforward and was fully
offset by a valuation allowance.

     At July 31, 1997,  the Company has net  operating  loss carry  forwards for
income tax purposes of $735,303. This carryforward is available to offset future
taxable income,  if any, and expire in the year 2010. The Company's  utilization
of this  carryforward  against  future  taxable  income may become subject to an
annual limitation due to a cumulative change in ownership of the Company of more
than 50 percent.

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:

 Deferred tax asset:
                                                                 July  31,
                                                                   1997
          Net operating loss carry forward                      $ 250,000    
          Valuation allowance                                  $(250,000)
                                                                ---------
          Net deferred tax asset                               $     -0-
                                                                 ========
<PAGE>
     The Company recognized no income tax benefit from the loss generated in the
year ended December 31, 1996 and for the seven months ended July 31, 1997.

     SFAS No. 109 requires that a valuation  allowance be provided if it is more
likely  than not that some  portion or all of a  deferred  tax asset will not be
realized.  The  Company's  ability to realize  benefit of its deferred tax asset
will depend on the generation of future taxable income.  Because the Company has
yet to recognize significant revenue from the sale of its products,  the Company
believes that a full valuation allowance should be provided.

     Corporate tax expense for the year ended  December 31, 1996 consists of New
Jersey State corporate tax liability of $600.

Note 11 -  Business and Credit Concentrations

     The amount  reported in the financial  statements for cash,  trade accounts
receivable  and  investments   approximates  fair  market  value.   Because  the
difference  between  cost and the  lower of cost or  market  is  immaterial,  no
adjustment has been recognized and investments are recorded at cost.

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the company to credit risk
consist  principally  of trade  receivables.  Wholesale  distributors  of tables
account for a substantial portion of trade receivables;  collateral is generally
not required

     The Company derives its sales from domestic  customers.  As of December 31,
1996 and July 31, 1997, three major customer  accounted for approximately 80% of
the Company's sales.

Note 12 -  Commitments and Contingencies

 a. Lease agreements

     As of July 31,  1997,  the Company  leased  4,200 square feet of office and
production space at East 13th Street,  Paterson, New Jersey at a monthly rent of
$2,160 until May 1, 1996 when the rent decreased to $1,800 for two years.

     In August,  1997, the Company entered into a new 3 year lease agreement for
10,000  square feet  commencing  September  1, 1997 for office,  production  and
manufacturing  facilitates  at 53 West Century Road,  Paramus,  New Jersey for a
monthly rental of $5,000

b. Note Payable-Bank

     The Company is obligated to repay a loan from the Chrysler Financial,  Inc.
in the  principal  amount  of  $5,500  with  interest  at 18% in  equal  monthly
installments of $221.50.  As of December 31, 1996 and July 31, 1997, the balance
due was $4,500 and 3,050 respectively.

c. Note Payable-Investor

     The Company is  obligated  to repay a loan in the amount of  $211,000  with
interest at 10% to an investor.

     The Company is obligated to repay a loan in the principal amount of $20,000
with interest at 10% to an unrelated party. As of December 31, 1996, the balance
due is $5,000 plus accrued interest of $875.

d. Underwriter's Agreement

     The Company has entered into a underwriter's agreement with Global Equities
Group,  Inc. for the sale of the  Company's  registered  offering for  1,000,000
Units.

     The Company has agreed to the Underwriter an option, exercisable for thirty
days from the date of the prospectus to purchase an additional  150,000 Units at
the public offering price.
<PAGE>
     The Company has agreed to pay to the  Underwriter  3% of the gross proceeds
of the Securities sold by the Company,  or a total of $219,150  ($251,850 if the
Underwriter's Over-allotment Option is exercised in full.) for the Underwriter's
expenses in excess of the non-accountable  basis. of which nothing has been paid
to date. The  Underwriter's  expenses in excess of the  non-accountable  expense
allowance will be borne by the Underwriter.

     In  addition,  the  Underwriter  has  agreed  with the  Company to act as a
warrant  solicitation  agent,  and may  participate in the  solicitation  of the
exercise of the Warrants.  Upon the exercise of the  Warrants,  the Company will
pay the  Underwriter a commission of 5% of the aggregate  exercise  price of the
Warrants exercised.

     In  connection  with this  offering,  the Company has agreed to sell to the
Underwriter,  for $100,  five year  warrants  to  purchase  from the  Company an
aggregate of 100,000  Units.  The  Underwriter's  Warrants are  exercisable at a
price  equal to 120% of the public  offering  price of the Units for a four year
period  commencing one year from the date of the Prospectus.  The  Underwriter's
may not be sold, transferred, assigned or hypothecated except to the officers of
the  Underwriter.   The  Underwriter's  will  contain  anti-dilution  provisions
providing for appropriate adjustment under certain circumstances.

     The  Company  has  agreed,  for a period of five years from the date of the
Prospectus,  to the holders of the Underwriters warrants or underlying shares of
its intention to file  registration  statement,  and is such case to require the
Company to include the  Underwriter's  warrants  and  underlying  shares in such
registration statement at the Company's expense.

     The Company has further  agreed,  director or  shareholder of the Company's
Securities, sell directly or indirectly, any Shares of Common Stock for a period
of 24 months without prior written consent of the Underwriter.

Note 13 - Development Stage Company

     The Company is  considered  to be a  development  stage company with little
operating history.  The Company is dependent upon the resources of the Company's
management for its continued existence.  The Company will also be dependent upon
its  ability to raise  additional  capital to  complete  is  marketing  program,
acquire additional equipment,  management talent,  inventory and working capital
to engage in profitable business activity. Since its organization, the Company's
activities  have been  limited  to the  enterin  into the  marketing  of limited
production  quantities for the furniture industry,  preparation of documentation
and the sale of a registered offering.

Note 14 - Registered Offering

     The Company is offering  1,000,000 Units. Each Unit consisting of one Share
of Common Stock and three Class A Redeemable  Warrants  through Global  Equities
Group, Inc., (the  "Underwriter").  The securities  comprising the Units will be
separately  transferable  _____  days  from  the date of the  Prospectus..  Each
Warrant  entitles  the  registered  holder to  purchase,  at any time during the
period  commencing on the Separation  Date, one Share Common Stock at a price of
$9.00 per share through a date three years  following the  separation  date. The
Warrants are redeemable by the Company at any time, upon thirty days notice,  at
a redemption price of $.05 per Warrant,  provided that the closing bid quotation
of the Company's stock for each of the thirty days ending on the third day prior
to the day on which the Company gives notice has been 150% of the exercise price
of the Warrants being redeemed.

     The  registration  statement  also  relates  to the  offer  and  sale of an
aggregate of 140,000  Warrants owned by certain selling  security  holders.  The
Security holder's Warrants are being registered  pursuant to registration rights
agreements  antlered into by the Company and the selling Security  holders.  The
selling  Security  holders  have each  agreed not to sell any of the  securities
being registered in the Securities holder's Offering for a period of twenty four
months from the Effective Date withoredeemed.

     The  registration  statement  also  relates  to the  offer  and  sale of an
aggregate of 140,000  Warrants owned by certain selling  security  holders.  The
Security holder's Warrants are being registered  pursuant to registration rights
agreements entered into by the Company and the Selling Security holders. 
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5

<LEGEND>

     This  schedule  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from
financial  statements  for the seven  month  period  ended July 31,  1997 and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.

</LEGEND>
       


<S>                                <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                      7-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                  Dec-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                       Jul-31-1997
<CASH>                             82,893
<SECURITIES>                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                      50,000
<ALLOWANCES>                       0
<INVENTORY>                        2,300
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                   140,329
<PP&E>                             302,165
<DEPRECIATION>                     (70,430)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                     424,274
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>              928,731
<BONDS>                            0
              0
                        0
<COMMON>                           221,000
<OTHER-SE>                         9,846
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>       424,274
<SALES>                            4,808
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                   4,808
<CGS>                              2,884
<TOTAL-COSTS>                      384,905
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                   20,625
<LOSS-PROVISION>                   0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                 20,625
<INCOME-PRETAX>                    (403,606)
<INCOME-TAX>                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                (403,606)
<DISCONTINUED>                     0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                    0
<CHANGES>                          0
<NET-INCOME>                       (403,606)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                      (.20)
<EPS-DILUTED>                      (.20)
        









</TABLE>

                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.


          THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, there is hereby organized a corporation under
and by virtue of N.J.S.  14A:l-l et seq.1 the "New Jersey  Business  Corporation
Act."

     1. The name of the corporation is Imaging Dynamics, Inc.

     2. The  address  (and zip code) of this  corporation's  initial  registered
offices is: 400 Grove Street Glen Rock, New Jersey 07452

     and the name of the corporation's  initial registered agent at such address
is Roger L. Fidler.

     3. The purposes for which this corporation is organized are:

     To engage in any activity with~n the purposes for which corporations may be
organized under the "New Jersey  Business  Corporation  Act." N.J.S.  14A:l-l et
seq.

     4. The  aggregate  number of shares  which the  corporation  shall have the
authority to issue is:

     20,000,000  Shares of Common Stock and 5,000,000 of Preferred Stock with no
Par Value, for a total of 25,000,000 in all.

     5. The first Board of Directors of this  corporation  shall  consist of one
Director  and the  name  and  address  of such  person  who is to  serve as such
Director is:

<PAGE>

         Name:            Roger L. Fidler
         Address:         400 Grove Street, Glen Rock, New Jersey 07452
         Zip Code:        07452

     6. The name and address of each incorporator is:

         Name:            Wanda Billet
         Address:         400 Grove Street, Glen Rock, New Jersey
         Zip Code:        07452

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each individual  incorporator,  each being over the age
of eighteen  years,  has signed this  Certificate;  or if the  incorporator be a
corporation,  has  caused  this  Certificate  to be  signed  by  its  authorized
officers, this second day of June 1995.


Wanda Billet
<PAGE>


                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.


                     FORWARDED FOR RECORDING AND FILING BY:


Roger L. Fidler
400 Grove Street
Glen Rock, New Jersey 07452

                                     BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.


                               ARTICLE I - OFFICES


          1. The registered  office of the corporation shall be as designated in
the Certificate of Incorporation of Imaging Dynamics, Inc. (hereinafter referred
to as  "Imaging"  or the  corporation),  unless  changed  by  resolution  of the
corporation's

Board of Directors.

          2. The  corporation  may also have offices at such other places as-the
Board  of  Directors  may  from  time to time  appoint  or the  business  of the
corporation may require.



                                ARTICLE II - SEAL

          1. The  corporate  seal shall have  inscribed  thereon the name of the
corporation,  the year of its  organization  and the words  "Corporate Seal, New
Jersey".



                       ARTICLE III - SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING

          1.  Meetings  of the  shareholders  shall be held at the office of the
corporation at 36-38 East 13th Street,  Patterson,  New Jersey, or at such other
place or places  either  within or without the State of New Jersey,  as may from
time to time be selected.


          2. The annual meeting of the shareholders, shall be held on the second
Saturday  of  February  in each  year,  if not a legal  holiday,  and if a legal
holiday,  then on the next secular day following at 10:00 o'clock a.m. when they
shall elect a Board of
<PAGE>
Directors,  and transact such other  business as may properly be brought  before
the  meeting.  If the annual  meeting  shall not be called  and held  during any
calendar year, any shareholder may call such meeting at any time thereafter.

          3. The presence,  in person or by proxy, of  shareholders  entitled to
cast at least a majority of the votes  which all  shareholders  are  entitled to
cast on the  particular  matter  shall  constitute  a quorum for the  purpose of
considering such matter, and, unless otherwise provided by statute, the acts, at
a duly organized meeting,  of the shareholders  present,  in person or by proxy,
entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders present
are  entitled to cast shall be the acts of the  shareholders.  The  shareholders
present  at  a  duly  organized  meeting  can  continue  to  do  business  until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less
than a quorum. Adjournment, or adjoumments, of any annual or special meeting may
be taken but any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall be adjourned
only from day to day, or for such  longer  periods not  exceeding  fifteen  days
each, as may be directed by  shareholders  who are present in person or by proxy
and who are  entitled  to cast at least a majority  of the votes  which all such
shareholders  would be entitled to cast at an election of  directors  until such
directors have been elected.  If a meeting cannot be organized  because a quorum
has not attended,  those present may,  except as otherwise  provided by statute,
adjourn  the  meeting to such time and place as they may  determine,  but in the
case of any meeting called for the election of directors, those who attend the



<PAGE>
second  of  such  adjourned  meetings,   although  less  than  a  quorum,  shall
nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing directors.

          4. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or
to express consent or dissent to corporate  action in writing without a meeting,
may  authorize  another  person or persons to act for him by proxy.  Every proxy
shall be  executed  in writing by the  shareholders,  or by his duly  authorized
attorney in ( fact,  and filed with the Secretary of the  corporation.  A proxy,
unless coupled with an interest, shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any
other  agreement or any other  provision in the proxy to the  contrary,  but the
revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until notice thereof has been given
to the  Secretary of the  corporation.  No unrevoked  proxy shall be valid after
eleven months from the date of its execution,  unless a longer time is expressly
provided therein, but in no event shall a proxy, unless coupled with an interest
be voted on after three years from the date of its execution.  A proxy shall not
be revoked by the death or  incapacity  of the maker  unless  before the vote is
counted  or the  authority  is  exercised,  written  notice  of  such  death  or
incapacity is given to the Secretary of the corporation. A shareholder shall not
sell his vote or execute a proxy to any person for any sum of money or  anything
of value. A proxy coupled with an interest  shall include an unrevoked  proxy in
favor of a creditor  of a  shareholder  and such proxy shall be valid so long as
the debt owed by him to the creditor  remains  unpaid.  Elections  for directors
need not be by ballot, except upon demand made by a



<PAGE>
shareholder  at the election  and before the voting  begins.  Cumulative  voting
shall not be  allowed.  No share  shall be voted at any  meeting  upon which any
installment is due and unpaid.

          5.  Written  notice  of the  annual  meeting  shall  be  given to each
shareholder  entitled  to vote  thereat,  at least  five  (5) days  prior to the
meeting.

          6. In advance of any meeting of  shareholders,  the Board of Directors
may appoint  judges of election,  who need not be  shareholders,  to act at such
meeting or any adjournment  thereof.  If judges of election be not so appointed,
the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any  shareholder  or
his proxy shall,  make such  appointment  at the  meeting.  The number of judges
shall be one or three.  If  appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more
shareholders  or proxies,  the  majority of shares  present and entitled to vote
shall determine  whether one or three judges are to be appointed.  On request of
the  chairman of the meeting,  or of any  shareholder  or his proxy,  the judges
shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No person who is a
candidate for office shall act as a judge.

          7. Special  meetings of the  shareholders may be called at any time by
the President,  or the Board of Directors,  or shareholders  entitled to cast at
least one-fifth of the votes which all  shareholders are entitled to cast at the
particular  meeting.  At any time, upon written request of any person or persons
who have duly called a special meeting, it shall be the
                                           
<PAGE>
duty of the  Secretary to fix the date of the meeting,  to be held not more than
sixty days after the receipt of the request,  and to give due notice thereof. If
the  Secretary  shall  neglect or refuse to fix the date of the meeting and give
notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

          8. Business  transacted at all special  meetings  shall be confined to
the  objects  stated  in the  call  and  matters  germane  thereto,  unless  all
shareholders entitled to vote are present and ( consent.

          9. Written  notice of a special  meeting of  shareholders  stating the
time and place and object thereof,  shall be given to each shareholder  entitled
to vote  thereat at least five (5) days  before such  meeting,  unless a greater
period of notice is required by statute in a particular case.

          10. The officer or agent  having  charge of the  transfer  books shall
make at least five days before each meeting of shareholders,  a complete list of
the  shareholders  entitled to vote at the  meeting,  arranged  in  alphabetical
order,  with the  address of and the number of shares  held by each,  which list
shall be subject to  inspection  by any  shareholder,  at any time during  usual
business  hours.  Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and
place of the meeting,  and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder
during the whole time of the  meeting.  The  original  share  ledger or transfer
book, or a duplicate  thereof kept in this state,  shall be prima facie evidence
as to who are the shareholders  entitled to examine such list or share ledger or
transfer book, or to vote in person or by



<PAGE>
proxy, at any meeting of shareholders.


                             ARTICLE IV - DIRECTORS

          1. The business of this  corporation  shall be managed by its Board of
Directors,  which shall initially be composed of a sole member, but which may be
increased  up to eleven  members.  The  directors  need not be residents of this
state  or  shareholders  in  the  corporation.  They  shall  be  elected  by the
shareholders,  at ( the annual meeting of shareholders of the  corporation,  and
each director  shall be elected for the term of one year and until his successor
shall  be  elected  and  shall  qualify.   Whenever  there  are  three  or  more
shareholders,  there must be at least three  directors.  The number of directors
may be  increased  or  decreased  within the limits  set forth  herein  above by
majority vote of the Board of Directors.  In the event that a vacancy  occurs on
the  Board of  Directors,  the  remaining  directors  may fill that  vacancy  by
appointing  by majority  vote a  replacement  director who shall serve until his
successor is elected and qualified.

          2.  In  addition  to the  powers  and  authorities  by  these  By-Laws
expressly  conferred  upon them,  the Board may  exercise all such powers of the
corporation  and do all such  lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by
the Articles or by these bylaws  directed or required to be exercised or done by
the shareholders.

          3. The  meetings of the Board of  Directors  may be held at such place
within this state, Qr elsewhere, as a majority of the directors may from time to
time appoint, or as may be designated in the notice calling the meeting.



<PAGE>
          4. Each newly  elected  Board may meet at such place and time as shall
be fixed by the  shareholders at the meeting at which such directors are elected
and no notice shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally
to constitute  the meeting,  or they may meet at such place,  and time as may be
fixed by the con ent in writing of all directors.

          5. Regular  meetings of the Board shall be held without  notice on the
second Saturday in February of each year at 10:30 a.m. at the registered  office
of the  corporation,  or at such other time and place as shall be  determined by
the Board.

          6.  Special  meetings of the Board may be called by the  President  on
five days notice to each director,  either personally or by mail or by telegram;
special  meetings  shall be called by the  President or Secretary in like manner
and on like notice on the  written  request of a majority  of the  directors  in
office.

          7. A  majority  of the  directors  in  office  shall be  necessary  to
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business,  and the Acts of a majority
of the directors  present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the
acts of the Board of  Directors.  Any action  which may be taken at a meeting of
the  directors  may be taken  without a  meeting  if a consent  or  consents  in
writing,  setting  forth  the  action  so  taken,  shall be signed by all of the
directors and shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation.

          8.  Directors as such,  shall not receive any stated  salary for their
services,  but by  resolution  of  the  Board,  a  fixed  sum  and  expenses  of
attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance

                  

<PAGE>
at each regular or special  meeting of the Board  PROVIDED,  that nothing herein
contained  shall  be  construed  to  preclude  any  director  from  serving  the
corporation in any other capacity a~d receiving compensation theref or.

                              ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

          1. The executive  officers of the  corporation  shall be chosen by the
directors  and  shall be a  President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer  The  Board of
Directors may also choose a Vice President and such other officers and agents as
it shall deem  necessary,  who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall
have such  authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time shall be
prescribed  by the Board.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
It shall not be necessary for the officers to be directors.

          2. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be
fixed by the Board of Directors.

          3. The officers of the corporation  shall hold office for one year and
until  their-successors  are chosen  and have  qualified.  Any  officer or agent
elected or appointed  by the Board of  Directors  may be removed by the Board oi
Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation will be
served thereby.

          4.  The  President  shall  be  the  chief  executive  officer  of  the
corporation; he shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and directors;
he shall have general and active  management of the business of the corporation,
shall see that all orders and



<PAGE>
resolutions of the Board are carried into effect, subject, however, to the right
of the  directors  to delegate  any  specific  powers,  except such as may be by
statute exclusively conferred on the President, to any other officer or officers
of the  corporation.  He shall  execute  bonds,  mortgages  and other  contracts
requiring a seal,  under the seal of the  corporation.  He shall be EX-OFFICIO a
member of all committees, and shall have the

     general powers and duties of supervision and management usually ( vested in
the office of President of a corporation.

          5. The  Secretary  shall  attend  all  sessions  of the  Board and all
meetings of the shareholders and act as clerk thereof,  and record all the votes
of the corporation and the minutes of all its  transactions in a book to be kept
for that purpose;  and shall perform like duties for all committees of the Board
of Directors when required.  He shall give, or cause to be given,  notice of all
meetings of the  shareholders  and of the Board of Directors,  and shall perform
such other duties as may be  prescribed  by the Board of Directors or President,
and under  whose  supervision  he shall be. He shall  keep in safe  custody  the
corporate seal of the corporation,  and when authorized by the Board,  affix the
same to any instrument requiring it.

          6. The  Treasurer  shall  have  custody  of the  corporate  funds  and
securities   and  shall  keep  full  and  accurate   accounts  of  receipts  and
disbursements in books belonging to the  corporation,  and shall keep the moneys
of the corporation in a separate  account to the credit of the  corporation.  He
shall  disburse  the funds of the  corporation  as may be  ordered by the Board,
taking proper



<PAGE>
vouchers  for  such  disbursements,  and  shall  render  to  the  President  and
directors,  at the regular  meetings of the Board,  or whenever they may require
it,  an  account  of all his  transactions  as  Treasurer  and of the  financial
condition of the corporation.

                              ARTICLE VI VACANCIES

          1. If the office of any officer or agent, one or more,  becomes vacant
for any reason, the Board of Directors may choose a successor or successors, who
shall hold  office  for the  unexpired  term in  respect  of which such  vacancy
occurred.

          2. Vacancies in the Board of Directors,  including vacancies resulting
from an  increase in the number of  directors,  shall be filled by a majority of
the remaining members of the Board though less than a quorum, and each person so
elected shall be a director until his successor is elected by the  shareholders,
who may make such election at the next annual meeting of the  shareholders or at
any special meeting duly called for that purpose and held prior thereto.

                          ARTICLE VII CORPORATE RECORDS

          1 There shall be kept at the registered  office or principal  place of
business of the corporation an, original or duplicate  record of the proceedings
of the  shareholders  and of the  directors,  and the  original or a copy of its
ByLaws,  including all amendments or alterations  thereto to date,  certified by
the Secretary of the corporation.  An original or duplicate share register shall
also be kept at the registered office or principal



<PAGE>
place of business or at the office of a transfer agent or registrar,  giving the
names of the shareholders, their respective addresses and the number and classes
of shares held by each.

          2. Every shareholder shall, upon written demand under oath stating the
purpose  thereof,  have a right to examine,  in person or by agent or  attorney,
during the usual hours for business for any proper purpose,  the share register,
books or records of account,  and records of the proceedings of the shareholders
and  directors,  and make copies or extracts  therefrom.  A proper purpose shall
mean a purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a shareholder. In
every  instance  where an  attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks
the right to  inspection,  the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power
of attorney or such other writing which  authorizes  the attorney or other agent
to so act on behalf of the shareholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed
to the corporation at or at its principal place of business.

               ARTICLE VIII - SHARE CERTIFICATES, DIVIDENDS, ETC.

          1. The share  certificates  of the  corporation  shall be numbered and
registered in the share ledger and transfer books of the corporation as they are
issued.  They shall bear the corporate seal and shall be signed by the President
and Secretary.

          2.  Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the  corporation
upon surrender of the certificates therefor, endorsed by the person named in the
certificate or by attorney,  lawfully  constituted in writing. No transfer shall
be made which is inconsistent with law.



<PAGE>
          3. The Board of  Directors  may fix a time,  not more than fifty days,
prior to the date of any  meeting  of  shareholders,  or the date  fixed for the
payment  of any  dividend  or  distribution,  or the date for the  allotment  of
rights,  or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of shares will be
made  or go  into  effect,  as a  record  date  for  the  determination  of  the
shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any such meeting, or entitled
to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution,  or to receive any such
allotment  of rights,  or to exercise  the rights in respect to any such change,
conversion, or exchange of shares. In such case, only such shareholders as shall
be  shareholders  of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to notice of,
or to vote at,  such  meeting or to  receive  payment  of such  dividend,  or to
receive such allotment of rights,  or, to exercise such rights,  as the case may
be,  notwithstanding  any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation
after any record date fixed as  aforesaid.  The Board of Directors may close the
books of the  corporation  against  transfers of shares  during the whole or any
part of such period,  and in such case,  written or printed notice thereof shall
be mailed at least ten days before the closing  thereof to each  shareholder  of
record at the address appearing on the records of the corporation or supplied by
him to the corporation for the purpose of notice. While the stock transfer books
of the corporation are closed,  no transfer of shares shall be made thereon.  If
no record  date is fixed  for the  determination  of  shareholders  entitled  to
receive notice of, or vote at, a  shareholders'  meeting,  transferees of shares
which are



<PAGE>
transferred on the books of the  corporation  within ten days next preceding the
date of such  meeting  shall  not be  entitled  to  notice of or to vote at such
meeting.

          4. In the event that a share certificate  shall be lost,  destroyed or
mutilated,  a new  certificate  may be  issued  theref  or upon  such  terms and
indemnity to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

          5. The Board of  Directors  may  declare  and pay  dividends  upon the
outstanding  shares of the corporation,  from time to time and to such extent as
they deem advisable, in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by
statute and the Articles of Incorporation.

          6. Before  payment of any  dividend  there may be set aside out of the
net profits of the corporation  such sum or sums as the directors,  from time to
time,  in their  absolute  discretion,  think  proper as a reserve  fund to meet
contingencies,  or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the  corporation,  or for such other purpose as the directors  shall
think  conducive to the  interests of the  corporation,  and the  directors  may
abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.



                       ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          1. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation  shall
be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to
time designate.

          2. The fiscal year shall begin in the first day of January



<PAGE>
each year.

          3. Whenever  written notice is required to be given to any person,  it
may be given to such  person,  either  personally  or~y  sending a copy  thereof
through the mail, or by telegram,  charges prepaid,  to his address appearing on
the books of the  corporation,  or  supplied by him to the  corporation  for the
purpose of notice.  If the notice is sent by mail or by  telegraph,  it shall be
deemed to have been given to the person  entitled  thereto when deposited in the
United States mail or with a telegraph  office for  transmission to such person.
Such notice  shall  specify the place,  day and hour of the meeting  and, in the
case of a special meeting of  shareholders,  the general nature of the business,
to be transacted.

          4.  Whenever  any written  notice is  required  by statute,  or by the
Articles or By-Laws of this corporation,  a waiver thereof in writing, signed by
the person or persons entitled to such notice,  whether before or after the time
stated therein,  shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Except
in the case of a special  meeting of  shareholders,  neither the  business to be
transacted  at nor the purpose of the meeting need be specified in the waiver of
notice of such meeting. Attendance of a person, either in person or by proxy, at
any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,  except where a
person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

          5.        One or more directors or shareholders may participate in




<PAGE>
a meeting of the Board, of a Committee of the Board or of the  shareholders,  by
means of conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment by means of
which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

          6.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in the  Articles or Bylaws of this
corporation,  any action which may be taken at a meeting of the  shareholders or
of a class of  shareholders  may be taken  without a  meeting,  if a consent  or
consents in writing, setting ( forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all
of the  shareholders who would be entitled to vote at a meeting for such purpose
and shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation.

          7. Any payments made to an officer or employee of the corporation such
as a salary, commission,  bonus, interest, rent, travel or entertainment expense
incurred by him,  which shall be  disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible
expense by the Internal Revenue Service,  shall be reimbursed by such officer or
employee to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be
the duty of the directors,  as a Board,  to enforce  payment of each such amount
disallowed.  In lieu of  payment  by the  officer  or  employee,  subject to the
determination of the directors,  proportionate  amounts may be withheld from his
future  compensation  payments until the amount owed to the corporation has been
recovered.



                           ARTICLE X ANNUAL STATEMENT

     1. The  President  and Board of  Directors  shall  present  at each  annual
meriting  a full and  complete  statement  of the  business  and  affairs of the
corporation  for the  preceding  year.  Such  statement  shall be  prepared  and
presented in whatever  manner the Board of Detectors  shall deem  advisable  and
need not be verified by a certified public accountant.

                              ARTICLE XI AMENDMENTS

     1. These  By-Laws may be amended or  repealed by the vote of the  directors
entitled  to cast at least a  majority  of the  votes  which all  directors  are
entitled to cast  thereon1 at any regular or special  meeting of the  directors,
duly convened after notice to the directors of that purpose.


                       SENIOR MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN OF

                             IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.


1.       PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

         The purpose of the Senior  Management  Incentive Plan (the  "Management
Plan") of Imaging  Dynamics,  Inc. (the "Company") is to provide an incentive to
key  management  employees  whose  present and  potential  contributions  to the
Company and its Subsidiaries (as such term is defined in Section 2 below) are or
will be important to the success of the Company by affording them an opportunity
to acquire a  proprietary  interest in the  Company.  It is  intended  that this
purpose will be effected  through the issuance of (i)  incentive  stock  rights,
(ii)  stock  options,  (iii)  stock  appreciation  rights;  (iv)  limited  stock
appreciation  rights and (v) shares of Common Stock,  $.001 par value per share,
of  the  Company   ("Common  Stock")  subject  to  restrictions  on  disposition
("restricted shares") (collectively,  such options, rights and restricted shares
are  referred to herein as  "Awards").  Stock  options may be granted  under the
Management Plan which qualify as "Incentive Stock Options" under Section 422A of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be hereafter  amended (the "Code").
Such options are sometimes referred to as an "ISO" or collectively as "ISOs."

2.       ELIGIBILITY

         Awards  may be made  or  granted  to key  management  employees  of the
Company  or its  Subsidiaries  who are  deemed to have the  potential  to have a
significant  effect on the future success of the Company (such eligible  persons
being  referred  to herein as  "Eligible  Participants").  The term  "management
employees" shall include executive officers of the Company or of a Subsidiary. A
director of the Company or of any  Subsidiary who is not also an employee of the
Company or of one of its Subsidiaries will not be eligible to receive any Awards
under the  Management  Plan.  No ISO shall be granted to an employee who, at the
time the option is  granted,  owns stock  possessing  more than 10% of the total
combined  voting  power  of  all  classes  of  capital  stock  of  the  employer
corporation  (as such term is used in the Code) or any Parent or  Subsidiary  of
the employer corporation,  provided, however, that an ISO may be granted to such
an employee if at the time such ISO is granted the option  price is at least one
hundred ten percent  (110%) of the fair market value of stock subject to the ISO
on the date of grant (as determined pursuant to Subsection 8(a) hereof) and such
ISO is by its terms not exercisable  after the expiration of five (5) years from
the date such option is granted.  The terms  "Subsidiary"  and "Parent") as used
herein shall have the meanings given them in Section 425 of the Code. Awards may
be made to executive  personnel who hold or have held options,  rights or shares
under the Management Plan or any other plans of the Company.



                                        1

<PAGE>
3.       STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

         The shares that may be issued  upon  exercise of options and rights and
which may be issued as  restricted  shares under the  Management  Plan shall not
exceed in the aggregate  350,000 shares of the Common Stock, as adjusted to give
effect to the  anti-dilution  provisions  contained  in Section 12 hereof.  Such
shares may be authorized and unissued shares, or shares purchased by the Company
and  reserved  for  issuance  under the  Management  Plan.  If a stock option or
incentive  stock right for any reason  expires or is terminated  without  having
been exercised in full, or if shares  restricted are  repurchased by the Company
in accordance  with the terms thereof,  those shares  relating to an unexercised
stock  option or incentive  stock  rights or shares which have been  repurchased
shall again become available for grant and/or sale under the Management Plan.

4.       AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

         Awards  under  the  Management  Plan may be of five  types.  They  are:
"incentive stock rights," "stock options," "stock appreciation rights", "limited
stock  appreciation  rights" and "restricted  shares. " "Incentive Stock rights"
are  composed  of  incentive  stock  units  which  give the  holder the right to
receive,  without  payment of cash or property to the Company,  shares of Common
Stock, subject to the terms,  conditions and restrictions described in Section 7
hereof.  An option,  including  an ISO, is a right to purchase  Common  Stock in
accordance with Section 8 hereof. A "stock  appreciation right" is a right given
to the holder of a stock option to receive,  upon  surrender of all or a portion
of his stock option without payment of cash or property to the Company, a number
of shares of Common  Stock  and/or  cash  determined  pursuant  to a formula  in
accordance  with Section 9 hereof.  A "limited  stock  appreciation  right" is a
right given to a holder of a stock  option to receive,  upon the  occurrence  of
certain  events  generally  constituting  a change in control of the Company,  a
number of shares of Common Stock and/or cash upon  surrender of all or a portion
of his stock option  without the payment of cash or property to the Company,  in
accordance  with  Section 10 hereof.  "Restricted  shares"  are shares of Common
Stock which,  following issuance, are nontransferable and subject to substantial
risk of forfeiture until specific  conditions based on continuing  employment or
achievement of preestablished performance objectives are met, in accordance with
Section 11 hereof. All references to "cash" herein shall mean "cash or certified
check. "

5.       ADMINISTRATION

         (a) Procedure.  The Management  Plan shall be administered by the Board
of Directors or by a Committee  of the Board of  Directors,  if one is appointed
for this purpose (the "Committee").  Committee members shall serve for such term
as the Board of Directors  may in each case  determine,  and shall be subject to
removal at any time by the Board of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors
who are either  eligible for awards or have been granted  awards may not vote on
any matters affecting the  administration of the Management Plan or the grant of
any Award pursuant to the Management Plan.


                                        2

<PAGE>
         (b) Powers of the Board or  Committee.  As used  herein,  except as the
Committee's powers are specifically  limited in Sections 5, 6, 20 and 21 hereof,
reference  to the Board of  Directors  shall mean such  Board or the  Committee,
whichever is then acting with  respect to the  Management  Plan.  Subject to the
provisions  of the  Management  Plan,  the  Board of  Directors  shall  have the
authority  in  its  discretion:  (i)  to  determine,  upon  review  of  relevant
information,  the fair market value of the Common  Stock;  (ii) to determine the
exercise price per share of stock options to be granted;  (iii) to determine the
Eligible  Participants  to whom,  and time or times at  which,  Awards  shall be
granted  and the number of shares to be  issuable  upon  exercise  of each stock
option or right or sold pursuant to restricted stock purchase  agreements;  (iv)
to construe and  interpret the  Management  Plan;  (v) to  prescribe,  amend and
rescind rules and regulations relating to the Management Plan; (vi) to determine
the terms and provisions of each Award (which need not be identical);  and (vii)
to  make  all  other   determinations   necessary  to  or   advisable   for  the
administration  of the Management Plan.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in the
event any  employee of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  granted an Award
under the  Management  Plan is, at the time of such grant, a member of the Board
of  Directors of the  Company,  the grant of such Award shall,  in the event the
Board of  Directors  at the time such  award is granted is not deemed to satisfy
the  requirement  of  Rule   16(b)-3(b)(2)(i)  or  (ii)  promulgated  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of l934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), be subject to
the approval of an auxiliary committee consisting of not less than three persons
all of whom  qualify  as  "disinterested  persons"  within  the  meaning of Rule
16(b)-3(d)(3)  promulgated  under the  Exchange  Act.  In the event the Board of
Directors deems it impractical to form a committee of disinterested persons, the
Board of Directors is authorized to approve any award under the Management Plan.

6.       DURATION OF THE PLAN

         The  Management  Plan shall become  effective  upon the approval of the
requisite vote of the  stockholders of the Company,  and upon the approvals,  if
required,  of any other public authorities.  The Management Plan shall remain in
effect  for a term of ten (10)  years  from the date of  adoption  by the  Board
unless sooner  terminated  under Section 20 hereof.  Notwithstanding  any of the
foregoing to the contrary,  the Board of Directors (but not the Committee) shall
have the authority to amend the  Management  Plan pursuant to Section 20 hereof;
provided,  however,  that  Awards  already  made shall  remain in full force and
effect as if the Management Plan had not been amended or terminated.

7.       INCENTIVE STOCK RIGHTS

         The  Board of  Directors,  in its  discretion,  may  grant to  Eligible
Participants incentive stock rights composed of incentive stock units. Incentive
stock rights shall be granted  pursuant to incentive stock rights  agreements in
such  form,  and not  inconsistent  with the  Management  Plan,  as the Board of
Directors  shall approve from time to time and shall include  substantially  the
following terms and conditions as determined by the Board of Directors:



                                        3

<PAGE>
         (a) Incentive Stock Units.  An incentive  stock rights  agreement shall
specify the number of incentive stock units to which it pertains. Each incentive
stock unit shall be  equivalent  to one share of Common  Stock.  Each  incentive
stock unit shall entitle the holder thereof to receive,  without payment of cash
or property  to the  Company,  one share of Common  Stock in  consideration  for
services   performed  for  the  Company  or  any   Subsidiary  by  the  Eligible
Participant,  subject  to the lapse of the  incentive  periods  (as  hereinafter
defined).

         (b)  Incentive  Period.  The holder of incentive  stock rights shall be
entitled  to  receive  shares  of  Common  Stock  only  after  the lapse of such
incentive  periods,  and in such manner,  as shall be fixed in the discretion of
the Board of  Directors  at the time of grant of such  incentive  stock  rights.
(Such period or periods so fixed is or are herein  referred to as an  "incentive
period").  To the extent the holder of incentive stock rights receives shares of
Common  Stock on the  lapse of an  incentive  period,  an  equivalent  number of
incentive  stock  units  subject  to such  rights  shall be  deemed to have been
discharged.

         (c) Termination by Reason of Death or Disability. In the event that the
recipient of incentive  stock rights ceases to be employed by the Company or any
of its  Subsidiaries  during  an  incentive  period  due to death  or  permanent
disability (as  determined by the Board of  Directors),  the holder of incentive
stock  rights  or,  in  the  case  of the  death  of the  holder,  the  personal
representatives,  heirs or legatees of such holder, shall be entitled to receive
a number of shares equal to an amount determined by multiplying the total number
of incentive stock units applicable to such incentive period by a fraction,  the
numerator of which shall be the number of full calendar  months between the date
of grant of the incentive stock rights and the date of such  termination and the
denominator  of which shall be the number of full  calendar  months  between the
date of grant and the date such incentive  period for such units would,  but for
such termination,  have lapsed. For purposes of this Subsection 7(c), this shall
constitute  a lapse of the  incentive  period  with  respect  to the  number  of
incentive stock units equal to the number of shares issued. Units upon which the
incentive period do not lapse pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall terminate
and be null and void on the date on which the recipient ceases to be employed by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

         (d) Termination for Any Other Reason.  In the event that the employment
by the Company of the recipient to whom incentive  stock rights have been issued
under the Management Plan terminates for any reason (including  dismissal by the
Company with or without cause), other than death or permanent  disability,  such
rights as to which the  incentive  period has not lapsed shall  terminate and be
null and void on termination of the relationship.

         (e)  Issuance of Shares.  Upon the lapse of an  incentive  period,  the
Company  shall  deliver  to the  holder of the  related  incentive  stock unit a
certificate or  certificates  representing  the number of shares of Common Stock
equal to the number of incentive  stock units with respect to which an incentive
period has lapsed. The Company shall pay all applicable transfer or issue taxes.



                                        4

<PAGE>
8.       OPTIONS

         Options shall be evidenced by stock option agreements in such form, and
not  inconsistent  with the  Management  Plan,  as the Board of Directors  shall
approve from time to time,  which  agreements  shall  contain in  substance  the
following terms and conditions:

         (a) Option Price;  Number of Shares.  The option  price,which  shall be
approved by the Board of  Directors,  shall in no event be less than one hundred
percent (100%) in the case of ISOs, and eighty-five percent (85%) in the case of
other  options,  of the fair market value of the  Company's  Common Stock at the
time the option is granted.  The fair market value of the Common Stock,  for the
purposes of the Management  Plan,  shall mean: (i) if the Common Stock is traded
on a national  securities  exchange  or on the  NASDAQ  National  Market  System
("NMS"),  the per  share  closing  price of the  Common  Stock on the  principal
securities  exchange  on which they are listed or on NMS, as the case may be, on
the date of grant (or if there is no closing price for such date of grant,  then
the last preceding  business day on which there was a closing price); or (ii) if
the Common Stock is traded in the  over-the-counter  market and  quotations  are
published on the NASDAQ quotation system (but not on NMS), the closing bid price
of the Common  Stock on the date of grant as reported by NASDAQ (or if there are
no closing bid prices for such date of grant,  then the last preceding  business
day on which  there was a closing bid  price);  or (iii) if the Common  Stock is
traded in the  over-the-counter  market but bid  quotations are not published on
NASDAQ,  the closing bid price per share for the Common  Stock as furnished by a
broker-dealer which regularly furnishes price quotations for the Common Stock.

         The option  agreement shall specify the total number of shares to which
it pertains and whether  such options are ISOs or are not ISOs.  With respect to
ISOs  granted  under the  Management  Plan,  the  aggregate  fair  market  value
(determined  at the time an ISO is granted)  of the shares of Common  Stock with
respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by such employee during
any  calendar  year shall not exceed  $100,000  under all plans of the  employer
corporation or its Parent or Subsidiaries.

         (b)  Waiting  Period  and  Exercise  Dates.  At the time an  option  is
granted,  the Board of Directors  will  determine the terms and conditions to be
satisfied  before shares may be  purchased,  including the dates on which shares
subject to the option may first be purchased. (The period from the date of grant
of an option  until the date on which  such  option  may first be  exercised  is
referred to herein as the "waiting period.  ") At the time an option is granted,
the Board of  Directors  shall fix the period  within  which it may be exercised
which  shall not be less than one (l) year nor,  for an ISO,  more than ten (10)
years  from the date of grant or,  for a non-ISO,  for more than  thirteen  (13)
years from the date of grant.  (Any of such periods is referred to herein as the
"exercise period.")

         (c) Form and Time of  Payment.  Stock  purchased  pursuant to an option
agreement  shall  be paid  for at the  time  of  purchase  either  in cash or by
certified check or, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, as set forth in
the stock option agreement (i) in a combination of cash

                                        5

<PAGE>
and a promissory  note,  (ii) through the delivery of shares of Common Stock, or
(iii) in a combination of the methods  described above. Upon receipt of payment,
the Company shall,  without  transfer or issue tax to the option holder or other
person  entitled to exercise the option,  deliver to the option  holder (or such
other person) a certificate or certificates for the shares so purchased.

         (d) Effect of Termination or Death.  In the event that an option holder
ceases to be an  employee  of the  Company or of any  Subsidiary  for any reason
other than  permanent  disability  (as determined by the Board of Directors) and
death,  any  option,  including  any  unexercised  portion  thereof,  which  was
otherwise exercisable on the date of termination,  shall expire unless exercised
within a period of three months from the date on which the option  holder ceased
to be so employed,  but in no event after the expiration of the exercise period;
[provided,  however,  that, if the Board of Directors  shall  determine  that an
option holder shall have been discharged for cause,  options granted and not yet
exercised  shall  terminate  immediately  and be null and void as of the date of
discharge.]  In the event of the death of an option  holder  during  this  three
month  period,   the  option  shall  be  exercisable  by  his  or  her  personal
representatives,  heirs or legatees  to the same  extent that the option  holder
could have  exercised the option if he or she had not died, for the three months
from the date of death,  but in no event after the  expiration  of the  exercise
period.  In the event of the  permanent  disability of an option holder while an
employee  of the  Company  or of any  Subsidiary,  any  option  granted  to such
employee shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after the date of permanent
disability,  but in no event after the expiration of the exercise period. In the
event of the death of an option  holder  while an employee of the Company or any
Subsidiary,  or during the twelve (12) month  period after the date of permanent
disability  of the option  holder,  that  portion of the option which had become
exercisable  on the date of death shall be  exercisable  by his or her  personal
representatives,  heirs or legatees at any time prior to the  expiration  of one
(l) year from the date of the death of the option holder,  but in no event after
the expiration of the exercise  period.  Except as the Board of Directors  shall
provide otherwise, in the event an option holder ceases to be an employee of the
Company or of any Subsidiary for any reason, including death, prior to the lapse
of the waiting period, his or her option shall terminate and be null and void.

         (e) Other Provisions. Each option granted under the Management Plan may
contain such other terms,  provisions,  and conditions not inconsistent with the
Management Plan as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

9.       STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         The Board of Directors may grant, in its discretion, stock appreciation
rights to the holder of any stock option under the Management  Plan. Such rights
shall be granted pursuant to a stock appreciation rights agreement in such form,
and not  inconsistent  with the Management Plan, as the Board of Directors shall
approve  from time to time (and which may be  incorporated  in the stock  option
agreement  governing  the  terms  of  the  related  option)  and  shall  include
substantially the following terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall
determine:


                                        6

<PAGE>
         (a) Grant.  Each right shall relate to a specific  option granted under
the  Management   Plan  and  shall  be  granted  to  the  option  holder  either
concurrently  with the grant of such option, or at such later time as determined
by the Board of Directors.

         (b) Exercise. A stock appreciation right shall entitle an option holder
to receive,  without  payment of cash or property  to the  Company,  a number of
shares of Common Stock, cash, or a combination  thereof in the amount determined
pursuant  to  Subsection  9(c) below.  The Board of  Directors  shall  determine
whether such  payment  shall be made in Common  Stock,  cash,  or a  combination
thereof. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, a right shall be
exercisable to no greater extent nor upon any more favorable conditions than its
related option is exercisable  under  Subsection  8(b) hereof.  An option holder
wishing to exercise a right in accordance  with this  Subsection 9(b) shall give
written  notice of such  exercise to the Company,  which notice shall state that
the holder of the right elects to exercise the right and the number of shares in
respect of which the right is being exercised. The effective date of exercise of
a right shall be the date on which the Company  shall have received such notice.
Upon receipt of such notice, the Company shall: (i) deliver to the option holder
or other person  entitled to exercise the right, a certificate  or  certificates
representing  such  shares;  and/or  (ii) pay cash.  The  Company  shall pay all
applicable  transfer or issue  taxes.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this
section,  no stock  appreciation  right may be exercised  within a period of six
months  on the date of  grant  of such  stock  appreciation  right  and no stock
appreciation  right  granted with respect to an ISO may be exercised  unless the
fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock on the date of  exercise  exceeds  the
exercise price of the ISO.

         (c)  Number of Shares or  Amount of Cash.  The  number of shares  which
shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock  appreciation right shall be
determined by dividing (i) that portion, as elected by the option holder, of the
total number of shares which the option holder is eligible to purchase  pursuant
to  Subsection  8(b)  hereof  (and as  adjusted  pursuant to Section 12 hereof),
multiplied by the amount (if any) by which the fair market value (as  determined
in  accordance  with  Subsection  8(a) hereof) of a share of Common Stock on the
exercise date exceeds the option exercise price of the related  option;  by (ii)
the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the exercise  date.  In lieu
of  issuing  shares of Common  Stock on the  exercise  of a right,  the Board of
Directors  may elect to pay the cash  equivalent of the fair market value on the
exercise  date of any or all the shares  which  would  otherwise  be issuable on
exercise  of the  right.  No  fractional  shares  shall  be  issued  under  this
Subsection  9(c).  In lieu of  fractional  shares,  the option  holder  shall be
entitled  to receive a cash  adjustment  equal to the same  fraction of the fair
market value per share of Common Stock on the date of exercise.

         (d) Effect of Exercise. Upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights,
the related  option shall be considered to have been  exercised to the extent of
the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  with  respect  to which  such  stock
appreciation  rights  are  exercised,  and  shall  be  considered  to have  been
exercised  to that extent for  purposes of  determining  the number of shares of
Common Stock available for the grant of options under the Management  Plan. Upon
the exercise or termination of the related option, the stock appreciation rights
with respect to such related  option shall be considered to have been  exercised
or terminated to the extent of the

                                        7

<PAGE>
number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related option was so
exercised or terminated.

         (e) Effect of Termination or Death.  In the event that an option holder
ceases to be an employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
for any reason, his stock  appreciation  rights shall be exercisable only to the
extent and upon the  conditions  that its related  option is  exercisable  under
Subsection 8(d).

10.      LIMITED STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         The Board of Directors  may grant,  in its  discretion,  limited  stock
appreciation  rights ("Limited Rights") to the holder of any option with respect
to all or a portion of the shares  subject to such option.  Such Limited  Rights
shall be granted  pursuant to an  agreement in such form,  and not  inconsistent
with the Management  Plan, as the Board of Directors  shall approve from time to
time (and which may be incorporated in the stock option agreement  governing the
terms of the related option) and shall include substantially the following terms
and conditions as the Board shall determine.

         (a) Grants. A Limited Right may be granted  concurrently with the grant
of the  related  option  or at such  later  time as  determined  by the Board of
Directors.

         (b) Exercise.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, a
Limited Right may be exercised only during the period (a) beginning on the first
day  following  any one of (i) the date of approval by the  stockholders  of the
Company of an Approved  Transaction (as defined in Subsection 10(e) below), (ii)
the date of a Control  Purchase (as defined in Subsection  10(e) below) or (iii)
the date of a Board  Change (as  defined in  Subsection  10(e)  below);  and (b)
ending on the  thirtieth  day (or such other date  specified in the stock option
agreement)  following such date (such period herein  referred to as the "Limited
Right  Exercise  Period").  Each Limited Right shall be  exercisable  during the
Limited  Right  Exercise  Period only to the extent the  related  option is then
exercisable,  and in no event  after  the  termination  of the  related  option.
Limited Rights  granted under the Management  Plan shall be exercisable in whole
or in part by notice to the Company.  Such notice shall state that the holder of
the  Limited  Rights  elects to exercise  the  Limited  Rights and the number of
shares in respect of which the Limited Rights are being exercised. The effective
date of exercise of a Limited  Right shall be deemed to be the date on which the
Company shall have received such notice.

         (c) Amount Paid Upon Exercise. Upon the exercise of Limited Rights, the
holder  shall  receive in cash an amount  equal to the excess of the fair market
value (as determined  pursuant to Subsection 8(a) above) on the date of exercise
of such Limited  Rights of each share of Common Stock with respect to which such
Limited  Right shall have been  exercised  over the exercise  price per share of
Common Stock subject to the related option.



                                        8

<PAGE>
         (d)  Effect of  Exercise.  Upon the  exercise  of Limited  Rights,  the
related  option shall be considered to have been  exercised to the extent of the
number of shares of Common Stock with  respect to which such Limited  Rights are
exercised,  and shall be  considered  to have been  exercised to that extent for
purposes of determining  the number of shares of Common Stock  available for the
grant of options under the Management  Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of
the related option, the Limited Rights with respect to such related option shall
be considered  to have been  exercised or terminated to the extent of the number
of shares of Common  Stock  with  respect  to which the  related  option  was so
exercised or terminated.

         (e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 10:

                  (i) An "Approved Transaction" shall mean (A) any consolidation
or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving
corporation  or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into
cash, securities or other property,  other than a merger of the Company in which
the  holders  of Common  Stock  immediately  prior to the  merger  have the same
proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately
after the merger,  or (B) any sale, lease,  exchange,  or other transfer (in one
transaction or a series of related  transactions) of all, or substantially  all,
of the assets of the  Company,  or (C) the  adoption of any plan or proposal for
the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

                  (ii) A "Control  Purchase" shall mean  circumstances  in which
any person (as such term is defined in  Sections  13(d)(3)  and  14(d)(2) of the
Exchange  Act,  corporation  or other  entity  (other  than the  Company  or any
employee  benefit  plan  sponsored by the Company or any  Subsidiary)  (A) shall
purchase any Common  Stock of the Company (or  securities  convertible  into the
Company's Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant
to a tender offer or exchange  offer,  without the prior consent of the Board of
Directors,  or (B) shall become the "beneficial  owner" (as such term is defined
in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of
the  Company  representing  twenty-five  percent  (25%) or more of the  combined
voting power of the then outstanding  securities of the Company  ordinarily (and
apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote
in the election of directors  (calculated  as provided in paragraph  (d) of such
Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities).

         (iii) A "Board Change" shall mean  circumstances  in which,  during any
period of two  consecutive  years or less,  individuals  who at the beginning of
such period constitute the entire Board shall cease for any reason to constitute
a majority  thereof  unless the election,  or the nomination for election by the
Company's stockholders,  of each new director was approved by a vote of at least
a majority of the directors then still in office.



                                        9

<PAGE>
11.      RESTRICTED SHARES

         The Board of Directors may authorize,  in its discretion,  the issuance
of  restricted  shares of Common  Stock to  Eligible  Participants  pursuant  to
restricted  share  agreements  in such  form,  and  not  inconsistent  with  the
Management  Plan, as the Board of Directors shall approve from time to time. Any
amount of restricted shares issued shall be subject to the following terms:

         (a) Restricted Period and Price. The Board of Directors shall prescribe
restrictions,  terms and  conditions,  including  but not  limited to the period
("restricted  period")  during which the holder must continue to render services
to the Company in order to retain the  restricted  shares,  in addition to those
provided in the Management Plan. The Board shall determine the price, if any, to
be  paid by the  holder  for  the  restricted  shares.  Upon  forfeiture  of any
restricted  shares; any amount paid by the holder shall be repaid in full by the
Company.

         (b) Issuance of Restricted Shares. Restricted shares, when issued, will
be represented by a stock certificate or certificates  registered in the name of
the holder to whom such  restricted  shares shall have been awarded.  During the
restricted  period,  certificates  representing  the  restricted  shares and any
securities  constituting retained  distributions (as defined below in Subsection
ll(c))  shall bear a  restrictive  legend to the effect  that  ownership  of the
restricted  shares,  and the enjoyment of all rights  appurtenant  thereto,  are
subject to the  restrictions,  terms and  conditions  provided in the Management
Plan and the applicable restricted shares agreement.  Such certificates shall be
deposited by such holder with the Company,  together  with stock powers or other
instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, which will permit transfer to
the  Company of all or any  portion of the  restricted  shares and any  retained
distributions  that  shall be  forfeited  or that  shall  not  become  vested in
accordance  with  the  Management  Plan  and the  applicable  restricted  shares
agreement.

         (c) Rights With Respect to Restricted  Shares.  Restricted shares shall
constitute  issued  and  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock for all  corporate
purposes.  The holder  will have the right to vote such  restricted  shares,  to
receive and retain all regular cash dividends,  and such other  distributions as
the Board may in its sole  discretion  designate,  pay,  or  distribute  on such
restricted  shares and to exercise all other rights,  powers and privileges of a
holder  of  Common  Stock  with  respect  to such  restricted  shares,  with the
exception  that (i) the holder  will not be  entitled  to  delivery of the stock
certificate  or  certificates  representing  such  restricted  shares  until the
restricted  period shall have expired and unless all other vesting  requirements
with respect  thereto  shall have been  fulfilled;  (ii) the Company will retain
custody of the stock  certificate or  certificates  representing  the restricted
shares during the restricted period; (iii) other than regular cash dividends and
such other distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate,  the
Company will retain custody of all distributions ("retained distributions") made
or  declared  with  respect  to  the   restricted   shares  (and  such  retained
distributions will be subject to the same restrictions,  terms and conditions as
are  applicable  to the  restricted  shares)  until such time,  if ever,  as the
restricted shares with respect to which such retained  distributions  shall have
been  made,  paid or  declared  shall  have  become  vested,  and such  retained
distributions  shall not bear interest or be  segregated  in separate  accounts;
(iv) the holder may not sell, assign, transfer,

                                       10

<PAGE>
pledge,  exchange,  encumber of dispose of the restricted shares or any retained
distributions   during  the  restricted   period;   and  (v)  a  breach  of  any
restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Management Plan or established
by the Board with  respect to any  restricted  shares or retained  distributions
will cause a forfeiture of such restricted shares and any retained distributions
with respect thereto.

         (d) Completion of Restricted  Period. On the last day of the restricted
period with respect to each Award of restricted  shares, and the satisfaction of
any other applicable restrictions,  terms and conditions (i) all or part of such
restricted shares shall become vested and (ii) any retained  distributions  with
respect to such restricted shares shall become vested.  Unless the Administrator
determines otherwise, any such restricted shares and retained distributions that
shall not have become  vested upon the  termination  of employment of the holder
shall be forfeited to the Company and the holder shall not  thereafter  have any
rights  (including  dividend and voting rights) with respect to such  restricted
shares and retained  distributions that shall have been so forfeited,  provided,
however, that if a holder shall die, become totally disabled or is terminated by
the  Company  without  cause  during a  restricted  period  with  respect to any
restricted shares,  then, unless the restricted share agreement relating to such
shares  provide  otherwise,  the restricted  period  applicable to each award of
restricted  shares to such holder  shall be deemed to have  expired and all such
restricted shares and retained distributions shall become vested.

12.      RECAPITALIZATION

         In the event that dividends are payable in Common Stock or in the event
there are splits,  subdivisions or  combinations of shares of Common Stock,  the
number of shares  available  under the  Management  Plan shall be  increased  or
decreased  proportionately,  as the  case  may be,  and  the  number  of  shares
delivered upon the exercise thereafter of any stock option or stock appreciation
right, upon distribution  pursuant to incentive stock rights theretofore granted
or issued pursuant to restricted share agreements theretofore entered into shall
be increased or decreased proportionately, as the case may be, without change in
the aggregate purchase price (where applicable).

13.      ACCELERATION

         Notwithstanding  any  contrary  waiting  period  in  any  stock  option
agreement,  any incentive  period in any incentive stock rights agreement or any
restricted  period with respect to any restricted  shares issued pursuant to any
restricted  shares  agreement,  or in the  Management  Plan,  but subject to any
determination  by the Board of Directors  to provide  otherwise at the time such
Award is granted or subsequent  thereto,  each outstanding  option granted under
the  Management  Plan shall,  except as  otherwise  provided in the stock option
agreement, become exercisable in full for the aggregate number of shares covered
thereby, and each share issuable upon lapse of an incentive period or each share
issued pursuant to a restricted share agreement, except as otherwise provided in
the incentive stock rights agreement or restricted share agreement,  as the case
may be, shall vest  unconditionally on the first day following the occurrence of
any of the

                                       11

<PAGE>
     following:  (a) the  approval  by the  stockholders  of the  Company  of an
Approved Transaction; (b) a Control Purchase; or (c) a Board Change.

14.      CONTINUATION OF RELATIONSHIP; LEAVE OF ABSENCE

         (a) Nothing in the Management  Plan or any Award made  hereunder  shall
interfere  with  or  limit  in any  way,  the  right  of the  Company  or of any
Subsidiary to terminate any Eligible  Participant's  employment at any time, nor
confer upon any Eligible Participant any right to continue any such relationship
with the Company or Subsidiary.

         (b) For purposes of the  Management  Plan, a transfer of a recipient of
options,  rights or restricted shares hereunder from the Company to a Subsidiary
or vice versa,  or from one  Subsidiary  to another,  or a leave of absence duly
authorized by the Company  shall not be deemed a termination  of employment or a
break in the incentive,  waiting, exercise or restricted period, as the case may
be. In the case of any  employee on an approved  leave of absence,  the Board of
Directors may make such  provisions with respect to continuance of stock rights,
options or restricted shares  previously  granted while on leave from the employ
of the Company or a Subsidiary as it may deem equitable.

15.      GENERAL RESTRICTION

         Each  Award  made  under the  Management  Plan  shall be subject to the
requirement that, if at any time the Board of Directors shall determine,  in its
sole and subjective discretion, that the registration,  qualification or listing
of the shares  subject to such Award  upon a  securities  exchange  or under any
state or federal  law, or the consent or approval of any  government  regulatory
body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in  connection  with,  the
granting or exercise of such Award,  the Company  shall not be required to issue
such  shares  unless  such  registration,  qualification,  listing,  consent  or
approval  shall  have been  effected  or  obtained  free of any  conditions  not
acceptable  to the Board of  Directors.  Nothing in the  Management  Plan or any
agreement  or grant  hereunder  shall  obligate  the  Company to effect any such
registration, qualification or listing.

16.      RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

         The holder of a stock  option,  incentive  stock right or limited stock
appreciation  right shall have no rights as a  stockholder  with  respect to any
shares covered by the stock option,  incentive stock right,  stock  appreciation
right or limited stock appreciation right, as the case may be, until the date of
issuance of a stock  certificate  to him for such shares related to the exercise
or discharge  thereof.  No  adjustment  shall be made for the dividends or other
rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock  certificate is
issued.



                                       12

<PAGE>
17.      NONASSIGNABILITY OF AWARDS

         No incentive stock right,  stock option,  stock  appreciation  right or
limited  stock  appreciation  right shall be assignable  or  transferable  by an
Eligible  Participant  except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution
and during the lifetime of an Eligible Participant may only be exercised by him.

18.      WITHHOLDING TAXES

         Whenever  under  the  Management  Plan  shares  are  to  be  issued  in
satisfaction of stock options,  incentive stock rights, stock appreciation right
or  limited  stock  appreciation  rights  granted  thereunder,  or  pursuant  to
restricted  share  agreements,  the Company  shall have the right to require the
Eligible  Participant  to remit to the Company an amount  sufficient  to satisfy
federal,  state and local withholding tax requirements  prior to the delivery of
any  certificate or  certificates  for such shares or at such later time as when
the Company may determine that such taxes are due. Whenever under the Management
Plan  payments are to be made in cash,  such  payment  shall be net of an amount
sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements.

l9.      NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

         Neither the adoption of the  Management  Plan by the Board of Directors
nor any  provision  of the  Management  Plan shall be  construed as creating any
limitations  on the power of the Board  (but not the  Committee)  to adopt  such
additional compensation agreements as it may deem desirable,  including, without
limitation,  the granting of stock options  otherwise  than under the Management
Plan, and such  arrangements  may be either  generally  applicable or applicable
only in specific cases.

20.      AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

         The Board of Directors  (but not the  Committee) may at any time amend,
alter, suspend or discontinue the Management Plan, but no amendment, alteration,
suspension or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of any
recipient of a stock option,  incentive stock right,  limited stock appreciation
right  or  restricted  shares  under  any  agreement  theretofore  entered  into
hereunder,  without his consent,  or which,  without the  requisite  vote of the
stockholders of the Company approving such action, would:

         (a)  except  as is  provided  in  Section  12 of the  Management  Plan,
increase  the total  number of shares of stock  reserved for the purposes of the
Management Plan; or

         (b) extend the duration of the Management Plan; or

         (c) materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the
Management Plan; or

                                       13

<PAGE>
         (d) change the  category of persons  who can be  Eligible  Participants
under  the  Management  Plan.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  the  Board of
Directors may, any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, without the
consent of the respective recipients, to issue new options or rights in exchange
for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding options or rights.

21.      LIMITATIONS ON EXERCISE.

         Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in the  Management
Plan, any agreement  evidencing any Award  hereunder may contain such provisions
as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty  provisions of Section
4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto,  will not apply to any stock or cash
received by the holder from the Company.

22.      GOVERNING LAW

         The  Management  Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of New York.


                                       14

<PAGE>



                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of the 1st day
of May, 1997 by and between  Imaging  Dynamics,  Inc., a New Jersey  corporation
(the "Company"), and Stephen Saltman, (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive, and the Executive
desires to accept such employment,  on the terms and conditions  hereinafter set
forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants  hereinafter
contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

         1. Employment  Term.  Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  the
Company  hereby  employs  the  Executive  as a senior  executive  officer of the
Company,  and the Executive  agrees to serve the Company in such capacity,  with
effect  from May 1, 1997  through  April 30,  2001,  unless  terminated  earlier
pursuant to the terms hereof (the "Term").

         2.       Termination.

                  (a) This  Agreement and the  Executive's  employment  with the
Company may be  terminated  prior to the end of the Term (i) by the Executive at
any time  upon 30 days'  written  notice  to the  Company,  (ii) by the  Company
without cause (as hereinafter  defined) at any time upon 30 days' written notice
to the Executive (iii) by the Company for cause  immediately upon written notice
by the Company to the  Executive  and (iv) by the Company  immediately  upon the
death or disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Executive.

                  (b) The term "cause" shall mean: (i) the  Executive's  willful
failure or refusal to perform  specific  reasonable  directives  of the Board of
Directors (the "Board") of the Company, which directives are consistent with the
scope and  nature of the  Executive's  duties  and  responsibilities  under this
Agreement,  and which failure is not remedied by the Executive  within seven (7)
days after being notified,  in writing, of such failure by the Company; (ii) the
Executive's  conviction of, or guilty plea to, a felony;  (iii) any act of fraud
or dishonesty by the Executive  involving the Company or the  performance of his
duties  hereunder,  or the  Executive's  breach  of any  fiduciary  duty  to the
Company; (iv) the Executive has habitually abused alcohol or used illegal drugs;
or (v) the  Executive's  breach of any obligation  under this  Agreement,  which
breach  is not  remedied  by the  Executive  within  ten (10) days  after  being
notified, in writing, of such breach by the Company. The term "disability" shall
mean that the Board of the Company determines in good faith on the basis of such
information as it deems  appropriate in the  circumstances  that it appears that
the Executive is unable to perform his assigned duties due to illness, injury or
physical,  mental or other incapacity,  which is reasonably expected to continue
for a prolonged period as determined by the Board.
<PAGE>
                  (c) If termination of this Agreement occurs pursuant to clause
(i),  (iii) or (iv) of Paragraph  2(a),  the Company shall pay to the Executive,
through the effective date of such  termination,  the accrued but unpaid amounts
payable  to the  Executive  pursuant  to  Paragraphs  5 and 6(a)  (appropriately
prorated to the date of such  termination,  if applicable);  provided,  however,
that the Company  shall not be liable for any other amounts that would have been
payable to the Executive hereunder had his employment  continued  throughout the
Term,  except,  in the case of termination of this Agreement  pursuant to clause
(iii) (other than in respect of Paragraph 2(b)(ii) or (iii) or (iv) of Paragraph
2(a), in addition to the other  payments set forth above,  the Company shall pay
to the  Executive  (x) in one lump sum within  thirty  (30) days  following  the
effective  date of such  termination  an amount  equal to $180,000  representing
twelve (12) months of salary  pursuant to Paragraph 5(b) following the effective
date of such termination and (y) the amount, if any, due under Paragraph 5(b) in
respect  of the  Company's  fiscal  year in  which  the  effective  date of such
termination  occurs payable in accordance  with the provisions of Paragraph 5(b)
(for  clarification  purposes,  it is understood and agreed that the amount,  if
any, due to the  Executive  pursuant to this clause (y) shall not be prorated to
account for the termination of this Agreement during the relevant fiscal year of
the Company). If termination of this Agreement occurs pursuant to clause (ii) of
Paragraph  2(a),  the Company shall pay to the Executive (i) the amount that the
Executive  would have been owed,  pursuant to  Paragraph  5, had his  employment
continued  throughout the Term in equal  quarterly  installments  (calculated by
dividing the aggregate  amount so owed by the number of quarters then  remaining
in the Term),  provided that the amounts, if any, due under Paragraph 5(b) shall
be paid in  accordance  with the  provisions  thereof  and (ii) all  accrued but
unpaid  amounts  payable to the  Executive  pursuant  to  Paragraph  6(a) on the
effective date of such termination;  provided,  however,  that the Company shall
not be  liable  for any other  amounts  that  would  have  been  payable  to the
Executive  hereunder had his  employment  continued  throughout  the Term.  Each
payment of the amounts due under this  paragraph  (c) is subject in all respects
to the provisions of paragraph 7 hereof.

                  (d) With respect to the Executive,  his  successors,  assigns,
heirs,  executors,  administrators  and legal  representatives,  payment  by the
Company of the amounts provided under Paragraph 2(c) shall represent  liquidated
damages and shall release, relinquish and discharge the Company and its parents,
subsidiaries  and affiliates  and any director,  officer,  employee,  principal,
shareholder or agent of the Company or its parents,  subsidiaries  or affiliates
from any and all claims,  damages,  losses,  costs,  expenses,  liabilities  and
obligations,  whether known or unknown, which the Executive has or may have as a
result of the  Executive's  employment by the Company or the termination of such
employment.  The  release,  relinquishment  and  discharge  set  forth  in  this
paragraph (d) shall not apply to any right,  claim or interest arising out of or
under any document,  instrument,  agreement,  arrangement or undertaking between
the Company and the Executive, other than this Agreement.

                  (e) The  termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not
effect the  continuing  operation  and effect of  Paragraphs  2(d) and 4 hereof,
which shall continue in full force and effect.


                                        2

<PAGE>
         3. Duties.  The Executive  shall assist in the operation and conduct of
the business and related affairs of the Company as a senior  executive  officer,
with  specific  duties as  designated  by the Board of the  Company.  During the
period the Executive is employed by the Company,  the  Executive  shall devote a
reasonable  amount of his business  time and efforts to the business and affairs
of the  Company  in order to  satisfactorily  perform  his duties  hereunder  as
reasonably  determined by the Board of the Company.  The Executive  shall report
directly to the Board of the Company.

         4.  Noncompetition;   Nonsolicitation;   Nondisclosure  of  Proprietary
Information; Surrender of Records; Inventions and Patents.

                  4.1 Noncompetition;  Nonsolicitation.  Upon any termination or
expiration  of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be  subject to a two-year
restriction  on,  directly  or  indirectly,   establishing,   owning,  managing,
operating,  or engaging or otherwise  participating  in the conduct of, in North
America any business  that is reasonably  related to the  Company's  business or
operations; provided, however, that in no event shall the Executive be precluded
from  establishing,  owning,  managing,  operating,  or  engaging  or  otherwise
participating in the conduct of the Executive's  dental  practice.  In addition,
upon any  termination or expiration of this  Agreement,  the Executive  shall be
subject to a two-year  restriction  on soliciting  other  employees to leave the
Company.

                  4.2 Proprietary  Information.  The Executive acknowledges that
during  the course of his  employment  while  discharging  his duties he will of
necessity  regularly have access to and make use of proprietary  information and
confidential  records  (as each  such  term is  defined  below).  The  Executive
covenants  that  he  shall  not  during  the  Term  or at  any  time  thereafter
(irrespective of the circumstances under which the Executive's employment by the
Company terminates),  directly or indirectly, use for his own purpose or for the
benefit of any person or entity other than the Company,  nor otherwise disclose,
any proprietary  information to any individual or entity, unless such disclosure
has been  authorized in writing by the Company or is otherwise  required by law,
rule or regulation or applicable legal,  regulatory or administration process or
by a court of competent jurisdiction.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the term
"proprietary  information"  shall  include,  but is not limited to: (a) the name
and/or  address  of any  customer,  vendor or  affiliate  of the  Company or any
information concerning the transactions or relations of any customer,  vendor or
affiliate  of  the  Company  with  the  Company  or  any  of  its  shareholders,
principals,  directors,  officers or agents; (b) any information  concerning any
product, service, technology,  process, methodology or procedure employed by the
Company but not generally  known to its  customers,  vendors or  competitors  or
under  development by or being tested by the Company but not at the time offered
generally to customers or vendors; (c) any information relating to the Company's
computer  software,  computer  systems,  pricing  or  marketing  methods,  sales
margins, cost of goods, cost of material, capital structure,  operating results,
borrowing arrangements or business plans; (d) any information which is generally
regarded as  confidential  or proprietary in any line of business  engaged in by
the Company;  (e) any business plans,  budgets,  advertising or marketing plans;
(f) any information  contained in any of the Company's  written or oral policies
and procedures

                                        3

<PAGE>
or employee  manuals;  (g) any  information  belonging to customers,  vendors or
affiliates  of the Company or any other  person or entity  which the Company has
agreed to hold in confidence;  (h) any  inventions,  innovations or improvements
owned,  licensed or used by the Company or covered by Paragraph  4.4 below;  and
(i) all written,  graphic and other  material  relating to any of the foregoing.
Information  that is not novel or  copyrighted  or patented may  nonetheless  be
proprietary  information.  The term "proprietary  information" shall not include
information  generally  available to and known by the public or information that
is or becomes  available  to the  Executive on a  non-confidential  basis from a
source other than the Company or the Company's directors,  officers,  employees,
shareholders,  principals  or agents  (other than as a result of a breach of any
obligation of confidentiality).

                  4.3  Confidentiality  and Surrender of Records.  The Executive
shall  not  during  the  Term or at any  time  thereafter  (irrespective  of the
circumstances under which the Executive's employment by the Company terminates),
except as required by law, rule or regulation or applicable legal, regulatory or
administrative  process or by a court of  competent  jurisdiction,  directly  or
indirectly,  publish,  make known or in any fashion  disclose  any  confidential
records to, or permit any inspection or copying of confidential  records by, any
individual or entity other than in the course of such  individual's  or entity's
employment  or retention by the Company,  nor shall he retain,  and will deliver
promptly to the Company, any of the same following termination of his employment
hereunder. For purposes hereof, "confidential records" means all correspondence,
memoranda,  files,  manuals,  books,  lists,  financial,  operating or marketing
records,  magnetic  tape,  or electronic or other media or equipment of any kind
which may be in the Executive's possession or under his control or accessible to
him which contain any proprietary information. All confidential records shall be
and remain the sole property of the Company during the Term and thereafter.

                  4.4 Inventions and Patents.  All inventions,  innovations,  or
improvements  in any of the  Company's  lines of  business  (including,  without
limitation,  technologies,  policies, procedures, products, services, processes,
methodologies,   developments,   improvements,  software,  ideas,  know-how  and
discoveries,  whether  patentable or  copyrightable or not) conceived or made by
the  Executive,  either alone or jointly with others,  during the Term belong to
the Company.  The Executive will promptly  disclose in writing such  inventions,
innovations or  improvements  to the Company and perform all actions  reasonably
requested by the Company to establish and confirm such ownership by the Company,
including,  but not limited to,  cooperating  with and  assisting the Company in
obtaining patents for the Company in the United States and in foreign countries.
Any patent application filed by the Executive within a year after termination of
his employment  hereunder shall be presumed to relate to any invention which was
made during the Term unless the Executive can provide  evidence  satisfactory to
the Company to the Company to the contrary.

                  4.5 Enforcement.  The Executive  acknowledges and agrees that,
by virtue of his  position,  his services and access to and use of  confidential
records  and  proprietary  information,  any  violation  by  him  of  any of the
undertakings  contained in this  Paragraph 4 would cause the Company  immediate,
substantial and irreparable injury for which it has no

                                        4

<PAGE>
adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly,  the Executive  agrees and consents to the
entry  of an  injunction  or other  equitable  relief  by a court  of  competent
jurisdiction   restraining   any  violation  or  threatened   violation  of  any
undertaking  containing in this Paragraph 4. The Executive waives posting by the
Company of any bond  otherwise  necessary  to secure  such  injunction  or other
equitable  relief.  Rights and  remedies  provided  for in this  Paragraph 4 are
cumulative and shall be in addition to rights and remedies  otherwise  available
to the parties hereunder or under any other agreement or applicable law.

         5.  Compensation.  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof, the
Company  shall pay the  Executive a salary at the rate of $15,000  per  calendar
month  throughout  the Term.  Subject to Paragraph 7 hereof,  such  compensation
shall be payable in accordance  with the usual payroll  practices of the Company
as of the first business day of each such calendar month, as compensation to the
Executive for the services rendered by the Executive hereunder.

                  (b)  Subject to the terms and  conditions  hereof  (including,
without limitation,  Paragraph 7), in addition to the salary payable pursuant to
Paragraph 5(a), as  compensation  to the Executive for the services  rendered by
the Executive  hereunder,  the Company shall pay to a bonus as determined by the
Company's board of directors.

         6.       Benefits.

                  (a) Subject to the terms and  conditions  hereof,  the Company
agrees to reimburse  the  Executive for all  reasonable  and  necessary  travel,
business  entertainment and other business expenses incurred by the Executive in
connection with the  performance of his duties under this Agreement.  Subject to
Paragraph 7 hereof, such reimbursements shall be made by the Company on a timely
basis upon  submission  by the  Executive  of  vouchers in  accordance  with the
Company's standard procedures.  All such reimbursements shall be subject to such
reasonable  limitations  as may from time to time be  prescribed by the Board of
the Company (in addition to the  limitations  set forth in the first sentence of
this Paragraph 6(a).

                  (b) Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof, the Executive
shall  be  entitled  to  participate  in any and  all  life  insurance,  medical
insurance,  group  health,  disability  insurance  and  other  benefit  plans as
determined by the Board of the Company.  Additionally,  subject to the terms and
conditions  hereof,  the  Executive  shall be  entitled  to receive  annual paid
vacation and paid holidays made  available  pursuant to the Company's  policy as
determined by the Board of the Company.

                  (c) The Company  shall pay to  Executive a monthly  automobile
allowance equal to the Executive's monthly lease payments as well as the payment
of expenses,  insurance and normal  maintenance of such automobile.  The Company
further  covenants to reimburse  Executive for any expenses  associated with the
maintenance  and upkeep of said  automobile  within  seven (7) days of Executive
submitting receipts for such expenses.


                                        5

<PAGE>
         7.  Payments.  Notwithstanding  any provision of this  Agreement to the
contrary,  the Company shall not be obligated to make any of the payments to the
Executive  provided  for  hereunder  until such time as the Board of the Company
determines  that the Company has sufficient  liquidity to make such payments (at
which time,  such accrued but unpaid  amounts  shall be paid to the  Executive),
provided that all such amounts payable hereunder to the Executive shall continue
to accrue to the  Executive as provided  herein,  and  provided  further that no
accrued  amount due to the  Executive  hereunder  shall not be paid by reason of
this  Paragraph  7 for more than one (1) year  following  the date  such  amount
accrued to the Executive hereunder.

         8.       Intentionally Omitted.

         9. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant
to this  Agreement  shall be in  writing  and  shall be deemed to have been duly
given  or made if (i) sent by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  or (ii) hand delivered,  or (iii) sent by prepaid overnight carrier,
with a record of receipt,  to the parties at the following addresses (or at such
other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice):

                  (i)      if to the Company:

                           53 Century Road
                           Paramus, New Jersey 07657


                  (ii)     if to the Executive:

                           288 Spruce Avenue
                           Emerson, New Jersey 07630

         10.  Assignability;  Binding Effect.  Neither this Agreement nor any of
the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned or delegated by
either  party  hereto  without  the prior  written  consent of the other  party.
Subject to the foregoing,  this  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding  upon the  parties  hereto and their  respective  successors,  permitted
assigns,  heirs,  executors,  administrators and legal representatives,  and the
terms  "Company"  and  "Executive"  shall be construed  accordingly,  and is not
intended  to confer  upon any other  person or  entity  any  rights or  remedies
hereunder.

         11.  Complete   Understanding;   Amendment;   Waiver.   This  Agreement
constitutes the complete  understanding  between the parties with respect to the
employment  of the  Executive  and  supersedes  all other prior  agreements  and
understandings,  both written and oral,  between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof,  and no statement,  representation,  warranty or covenant
has been made by either party with respect thereto except as expressly set forth
herein.  This Agreement  shall not be altered,  modified,  amended or terminated
except by a written  instrument signed by each of the parties hereto. Any waiver
of any term or  provision  hereof,  or of the  application  of any such  term or
provision to any circumstances, shall be in writing

                                        6

<PAGE>
signed by the party  charged  with giving such  waiver.  Waiver by either  party
hereto of any breach  hereunder by the other party shall not operate as a waiver
of any other breach,  whether similar to or different from the breach waived. No
delay on the party of the  Company or the  Executive  in the  exercise of any of
their  respective  rights or remedies shall operate as a waiver thereof,  and no
single or partial  exercise by the Company or the Executive of any such right or
remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof.

         12. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application
of any such provision to any party or  circumstances  shall be determined by any
court of competent  jurisdiction to be invalid or  unenforceable  to any extent,
the remainder of this  Agreement,  or the  application of such provision to such
person or  circumstances  other  than those to which it is so  determined  to be
invalid or  unenforceable,  shall not be affected  thereby,  and each  provision
hereof  shall  be  enforced  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law.  If any
provision  of this  Agreement,  or any part  thereof,  is held to be  invalid or
unenforceable  because of the scope or duration  of or the area  covered by such
provision,  the parties  hereto agree that the court  making such  determination
shall  reduce the  scope,  duration  and/or  area of such  provision  (and shall
substitute   appropriate  provisions  for  any  such  invalid  or  unenforceable
provisions)  in order to make such  provision  enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted  by law and/or  shall  delete  specific  words and  phrases,  and such
modified provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.  The parties
hereto  recognize that if, in any judicial  proceeding,  a court shall refuse to
enforce any of the separate  covenants  contained in this  Agreement,  then that
invalid or  unenforceable  covenant  contained in this Agreement shall be deemed
eliminated from these provisions to the extent necessary to permit the remaining
separate  covenants to be enforced.  In the event that any court determines that
the time  period  or the area,  or both,  are  unreasonable  and that any of the
covenants is to that extent invalid or  unenforceable,  the parties hereto agree
that such  covenants  will  remain  in full  force and  effect,  first,  for the
greatest time period,  and second, in the greatest  geographical area that would
not  render  them  enforceable.   To  the  extent  that  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction determines that the Executive breached any undertaking in Paragraph
4, the Company's obligations to make payments pursuant to Paragraphs 2(c), 5 and
6 shall immediately cease.

         13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to the
principles of conflict of laws.

         14. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall  constitute
one agreement binding on the parties hereto.

         15.  Enforcement  Costs. With respect to any suit, action or proceeding
arising  out  of or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or  the  Executive's
employment with the Company  hereunder,  the Company shall be solely responsible
for all fees, costs and expenses  (including,  without limitation,  the fees and
costs  of  attorneys  and  court  costs)  incurred  by the  Company  and/or  the
Executive, except, if it is determined by a court in a final and non-appealable

                                        7

<PAGE>
judgment  that the  Executive  engaged in the  activity  described  in Paragraph
2(b)(ii) or (iii) hereof, then the Executive shall be solely responsible for all
such fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive.

         16.  Titles and  Captions.  All  paragraph  titles or  captions in this
Agreement  are for  convenience  only and in no way  defined,  limit,  extend or
describe the scope or intent of any provision hereof.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the parties hereof has duly executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                                          IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.



                                        By:
                                      Name:
                                     Title:



                                                              STEPHEN S. SALTMAN





                                                         8

<PAGE>



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of the 1st day
of May, 1997 by and between  Imaging  Dynamics,  Inc., a New Jersey  corporation
(the "Company"), and Damian Greco, (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive, and the Executive
desires to accept such employment,  on the terms and conditions  hereinafter set
forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants  hereinafter
contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

         1. Employment  Term.  Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  the
Company  hereby  employs  the  Executive  as a senior  executive  officer of the
Company,  and the Executive  agrees to serve the Company in such capacity,  with
effect  from May 1, 1997  through  April 30,  2001,  unless  terminated  earlier
pursuant to the terms hereof (the "Term").

         2.       Termination.

                  (a) This  Agreement and the  Executive's  employment  with the
Company may be  terminated  prior to the end of the Term (i) by the Executive at
any time  upon 30 days'  written  notice  to the  Company,  (ii) by the  Company
without cause (as hereinafter  defined) at any time upon 30 days' written notice
to the Executive (iii) by the Company for cause  immediately upon written notice
by the Company to the  Executive  and (iv) by the Company  immediately  upon the
death or disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Executive.

                  (b) The term "cause" shall mean: (i) the  Executive's  willful
failure or refusal to perform  specific  reasonable  directives  of the Board of
Directors (the "Board") of the Company, which directives are consistent with the
scope and  nature of the  Executive's  duties  and  responsibilities  under this
Agreement,  and which failure is not remedied by the Executive  within seven (7)
days after being notified,  in writing, of such failure by the Company; (ii) the
Executive's  conviction of, or guilty plea to, a felony;  (iii) any act of fraud
or dishonesty by the Executive  involving the Company or the  performance of his
duties  hereunder,  or the  Executive's  breach  of any  fiduciary  duty  to the
Company; (iv) the Executive has habitually abused alcohol or used illegal drugs;
or (v) the  Executive's  breach of any obligation  under this  Agreement,  which
breach  is not  remedied  by the  Executive  within  ten (10) days  after  being
notified, in writing, of such breach by the Company. The term "disability" shall
mean that the Board of the Company determines in good faith on the basis of such
information as it deems  appropriate in the  circumstances  that it appears that
the Executive is unable to perform his assigned duties due to illness, injury or
physical,  mental or other incapacity,  which is reasonably expected to continue
for a prolonged period as determined by the Board.



<PAGE>
                  (c) If termination of this Agreement occurs pursuant to clause
(i),  (iii) or (iv) of Paragraph  2(a),  the Company shall pay to the Executive,
through the effective date of such  termination,  the accrued but unpaid amounts
payable  to the  Executive  pursuant  to  Paragraphs  5 and 6(a)  (appropriately
prorated to the date of such  termination,  if applicable);  provided,  however,
that the Company  shall not be liable for any other amounts that would have been
payable to the Executive hereunder had his employment  continued  throughout the
Term,  except,  in the case of termination of this Agreement  pursuant to clause
(iii) (other than in respect of Paragraph 2(b)(ii) or (iii) or (iv) of Paragraph
2(a), in addition to the other  payments set forth above,  the Company shall pay
to the  Executive  (x) in one lump sum within  thirty  (30) days  following  the
effective  date of such  termination  an amount  equal to $160,000  representing
twelve (12) months of salary  pursuant to Paragraph 5(b) following the effective
date of such termination and (y) the amount, if any, due under Paragraph 5(b) in
respect  of the  Company's  fiscal  year in  which  the  effective  date of such
termination  occurs payable in accordance  with the provisions of Paragraph 5(b)
(for  clarification  purposes,  it is understood and agreed that the amount,  if
any, due to the  Executive  pursuant to this clause (y) shall not be prorated to
account for the termination of this Agreement during the relevant fiscal year of
the Company). If termination of this Agreement occurs pursuant to clause (ii) of
Paragraph  2(a),  the Company shall pay to the Executive (i) the amount that the
Executive  would have been owed,  pursuant to  Paragraph  5, had his  employment
continued  throughout the Term in equal  quarterly  installments  (calculated by
dividing the aggregate  amount so owed by the number of quarters then  remaining
in the Term),  provided that the amounts, if any, due under Paragraph 5(b) shall
be paid in  accordance  with the  provisions  thereof  and (ii) all  accrued but
unpaid  amounts  payable to the  Executive  pursuant  to  Paragraph  6(a) on the
effective date of such termination;  provided,  however,  that the Company shall
not be  liable  for any other  amounts  that  would  have  been  payable  to the
Executive  hereunder had his  employment  continued  throughout  the Term.  Each
payment of the amounts due under this  paragraph  (c) is subject in all respects
to the provisions of paragraph 7 hereof.

                  (d) With respect to the Executive,  his  successors,  assigns,
heirs,  executors,  administrators  and legal  representatives,  payment  by the
Company of the amounts provided under Paragraph 2(c) shall represent  liquidated
damages and shall release, relinquish and discharge the Company and its parents,
subsidiaries  and affiliates  and any director,  officer,  employee,  principal,
shareholder or agent of the Company or its parents,  subsidiaries  or affiliates
from any and all claims,  damages,  losses,  costs,  expenses,  liabilities  and
obligations,  whether known or unknown, which the Executive has or may have as a
result of the  Executive's  employment by the Company or the termination of such
employment.  The  release,  relinquishment  and  discharge  set  forth  in  this
paragraph (d) shall not apply to any right,  claim or interest arising out of or
under any document,  instrument,  agreement,  arrangement or undertaking between
the Company and the Executive, other than this Agreement.

                  (e) The  termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not
effect the  continuing  operation  and effect of  Paragraphs  2(d) and 4 hereof,
which shall continue in full force and effect.


                                        2

<PAGE>
         3. Duties.  The Executive  shall assist in the operation and conduct of
the business and related affairs of the Company as a senior  executive  officer,
with  specific  duties as  designated  by the Board of the  Company.  During the
period the Executive is employed by the Company,  the  Executive  shall devote a
reasonable  amount of his business  time and efforts to the business and affairs
of the  Company  in order to  satisfactorily  perform  his duties  hereunder  as
reasonably  determined by the Board of the Company.  The Executive  shall report
directly to the Board of the Company.

         4.  Noncompetition;   Nonsolicitation;   Nondisclosure  of  Proprietary
Information; Surrender of Records; Inventions and Patents.

                  4.1 Noncompetition;  Nonsolicitation.  Upon any termination or
expiration  of this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall be  subject to a two-year
restriction  on,  directly  or  indirectly,   establishing,   owning,  managing,
operating,  or engaging or otherwise  participating  in the conduct of, in North
America any business  that is reasonably  related to the  Company's  business or
operations; provided, however, that in no event shall the Executive be precluded
from  establishing,  owning,  managing,  operating,  or  engaging  or  otherwise
participating in the conduct of the Executive's  dental  practice.  In addition,
upon any  termination or expiration of this  Agreement,  the Executive  shall be
subject to a two-year  restriction  on soliciting  other  employees to leave the
Company.

                  4.2 Proprietary  Information.  The Executive acknowledges that
during  the course of his  employment  while  discharging  his duties he will of
necessity  regularly have access to and make use of proprietary  information and
confidential  records  (as each  such  term is  defined  below).  The  Executive
covenants  that  he  shall  not  during  the  Term  or at  any  time  thereafter
(irrespective of the circumstances under which the Executive's employment by the
Company terminates),  directly or indirectly, use for his own purpose or for the
benefit of any person or entity other than the Company,  nor otherwise disclose,
any proprietary  information to any individual or entity, unless such disclosure
has been  authorized in writing by the Company or is otherwise  required by law,
rule or regulation or applicable legal,  regulatory or administration process or
by a court of competent jurisdiction.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the term
"proprietary  information"  shall  include,  but is not limited to: (a) the name
and/or  address  of any  customer,  vendor or  affiliate  of the  Company or any
information concerning the transactions or relations of any customer,  vendor or
affiliate  of  the  Company  with  the  Company  or  any  of  its  shareholders,
principals,  directors,  officers or agents; (b) any information  concerning any
product, service, technology,  process, methodology or procedure employed by the
Company but not generally  known to its  customers,  vendors or  competitors  or
under  development by or being tested by the Company but not at the time offered
generally to customers or vendors; (c) any information relating to the Company's
computer  software,  computer  systems,  pricing  or  marketing  methods,  sales
margins, cost of goods, cost of material, capital structure,  operating results,
borrowing arrangements or business plans; (d) any information which is generally
regarded as  confidential  or proprietary in any line of business  engaged in by
the Company;  (e) any business plans,  budgets,  advertising or marketing plans;
(f) any information  contained in any of the Company's  written or oral policies
and procedures

                                        3

<PAGE>
or employee  manuals;  (g) any  information  belonging to customers,  vendors or
affiliates  of the Company or any other  person or entity  which the Company has
agreed to hold in confidence;  (h) any  inventions,  innovations or improvements
owned,  licensed or used by the Company or covered by Paragraph  4.4 below;  and
(i) all written,  graphic and other  material  relating to any of the foregoing.
Information  that is not novel or  copyrighted  or patented may  nonetheless  be
proprietary  information.  The term "proprietary  information" shall not include
information  generally  available to and known by the public or information that
is or becomes  available  to the  Executive on a  non-confidential  basis from a
source other than the Company or the Company's directors,  officers,  employees,
shareholders,  principals  or agents  (other than as a result of a breach of any
obligation of confidentiality).

                  4.3  Confidentiality  and Surrender of Records.  The Executive
shall  not  during  the  Term or at any  time  thereafter  (irrespective  of the
circumstances under which the Executive's employment by the Company terminates),
except as required by law, rule or regulation or applicable legal, regulatory or
administrative  process or by a court of  competent  jurisdiction,  directly  or
indirectly,  publish,  make known or in any fashion  disclose  any  confidential
records to, or permit any inspection or copying of confidential  records by, any
individual or entity other than in the course of such  individual's  or entity's
employment  or retention by the Company,  nor shall he retain,  and will deliver
promptly to the Company, any of the same following termination of his employment
hereunder. For purposes hereof, "confidential records" means all correspondence,
memoranda,  files,  manuals,  books,  lists,  financial,  operating or marketing
records,  magnetic  tape,  or electronic or other media or equipment of any kind
which may be in the Executive's possession or under his control or accessible to
him which contain any proprietary information. All confidential records shall be
and remain the sole property of the Company during the Term and thereafter.

                  4.4 Inventions and Patents.  All inventions,  innovations,  or
improvements  in any of the  Company's  lines of  business  (including,  without
limitation,  technologies,  policies, procedures, products, services, processes,
methodologies,   developments,   improvements,  software,  ideas,  know-how  and
discoveries,  whether  patentable or  copyrightable or not) conceived or made by
the  Executive,  either alone or jointly with others,  during the Term belong to
the Company.  The Executive will promptly  disclose in writing such  inventions,
innovations or  improvements  to the Company and perform all actions  reasonably
requested by the Company to establish and confirm such ownership by the Company,
including,  but not limited to,  cooperating  with and  assisting the Company in
obtaining patents for the Company in the United States and in foreign countries.
Any patent application filed by the Executive within a year after termination of
his employment  hereunder shall be presumed to relate to any invention which was
made during the Term unless the Executive can provide  evidence  satisfactory to
the Company to the Company to the contrary.

                  4.5 Enforcement.  The Executive  acknowledges and agrees that,
by virtue of his  position,  his services and access to and use of  confidential
records  and  proprietary  information,  any  violation  by  him  of  any of the
undertakings  contained in this  Paragraph 4 would cause the Company  immediate,
substantial and irreparable injury for which it has no

                                        4

<PAGE>
adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly,  the Executive  agrees and consents to the
entry  of an  injunction  or other  equitable  relief  by a court  of  competent
jurisdiction   restraining   any  violation  or  threatened   violation  of  any
undertaking  containing in this Paragraph 4. The Executive waives posting by the
Company of any bond  otherwise  necessary  to secure  such  injunction  or other
equitable  relief.  Rights and  remedies  provided  for in this  Paragraph 4 are
cumulative and shall be in addition to rights and remedies  otherwise  available
to the parties hereunder or under any other agreement or applicable law.

         5.  Compensation.  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof, the
Company  shall pay the  Executive a salary at the rate of $13,333  per  calendar
month  throughout  the Term.  Subject to Paragraph 7 hereof,  such  compensation
shall be payable in accordance  with the usual payroll  practices of the Company
as of the first business day of each such calendar month, as compensation to the
Executive for the services rendered by the Executive hereunder.

                  (b)  Subject to the terms and  conditions  hereof  (including,
without limitation,  Paragraph 7), in addition to the salary payable pursuant to
Paragraph 5(a), as  compensation  to the Executive for the services  rendered by
the Executive  hereunder,  the Company shall pay to a bonus as determined by the
Company's  board of  directors,  which bonus shall be  equivalent  to 70% of any
bonus granted to Stephen Saltman.

         6.       Benefits.

                  (a) Subject to the terms and  conditions  hereof,  the Company
agrees to reimburse  the  Executive for all  reasonable  and  necessary  travel,
business  entertainment and other business expenses incurred by the Executive in
connection with the  performance of his duties under this Agreement.  Subject to
Paragraph 7 hereof, such reimbursements shall be made by the Company on a timely
basis upon  submission  by the  Executive  of  vouchers in  accordance  with the
Company's standard procedures.  All such reimbursements shall be subject to such
reasonable  limitations  as may from time to time be  prescribed by the Board of
the Company (in addition to the  limitations  set forth in the first sentence of
this Paragraph 6(a).

                  (b) Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof, the Executive
shall  be  entitled  to  participate  in any and  all  life  insurance,  medical
insurance,  group  health,  disability  insurance  and  other  benefit  plans as
determined by the Board of the Company.  Additionally,  subject to the terms and
conditions  hereof,  the  Executive  shall be  entitled  to receive  annual paid
vacation and paid holidays made  available  pursuant to the Company's  policy as
determined by the Board of the Company.

                  (c) The Company  shall pay to  Executive a monthly  automobile
allowance equal to the Executive's monthly lease payments as well as the payment
of expenses,  insurance and normal  maintenance of such automobile.  The Company
further  covenants to reimburse  Executive for any expenses  associated with the
maintenance  and upkeep of said  automobile  within  seven (7) days of Executive
submitting receipts for such expenses.


                                        5

<PAGE>
         7.  Payments.  Notwithstanding  any provision of this  Agreement to the
contrary,  the Company shall not be obligated to make any of the payments to the
Executive  provided  for  hereunder  until such time as the Board of the Company
determines  that the Company has sufficient  liquidity to make such payments (at
which time,  such accrued but unpaid  amounts  shall be paid to the  Executive),
provided that all such amounts payable hereunder to the Executive shall continue
to accrue to the  Executive as provided  herein,  and  provided  further that no
accrued  amount due to the  Executive  hereunder  shall not be paid by reason of
this  Paragraph  7 for more than one (1) year  following  the date  such  amount
accrued to the Executive hereunder.

         8.       Intentionally Omitted.

         9. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant
to this  Agreement  shall be in  writing  and  shall be deemed to have been duly
given  or made if (i) sent by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  or (ii) hand delivered,  or (iii) sent by prepaid overnight carrier,
with a record of receipt,  to the parties at the following addresses (or at such
other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice):

                  (i)      if to the Company:

                           53 Century Road
                           Paramus, New Jersey 07657


                  (ii)     if to the Executive:

                           104 Hard Scrabble Lake Road
                           Chappaqua, New York  10514

         10.  Assignability;  Binding Effect.  Neither this Agreement nor any of
the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned or delegated by
either  party  hereto  without  the prior  written  consent of the other  party.
Subject to the foregoing,  this  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding  upon the  parties  hereto and their  respective  successors,  permitted
assigns,  heirs,  executors,  administrators and legal representatives,  and the
terms  "Company"  and  "Executive"  shall be construed  accordingly,  and is not
intended  to confer  upon any other  person or  entity  any  rights or  remedies
hereunder.

         11.  Complete   Understanding;   Amendment;   Waiver.   This  Agreement
constitutes the complete  understanding  between the parties with respect to the
employment  of the  Executive  and  supersedes  all other prior  agreements  and
understandings,  both written and oral,  between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof,  and no statement,  representation,  warranty or covenant
has been made by either party with respect thereto except as expressly set forth
herein.  This Agreement  shall not be altered,  modified,  amended or terminated
except by a written  instrument signed by each of the parties hereto. Any waiver
of any term or  provision  hereof,  or of the  application  of any such  term or
provision to any circumstances, shall be in writing

                                        6

<PAGE>
signed by the party  charged  with giving such  waiver.  Waiver by either  party
hereto of any breach  hereunder by the other party shall not operate as a waiver
of any other breach,  whether similar to or different from the breach waived. No
delay on the party of the  Company or the  Executive  in the  exercise of any of
their  respective  rights or remedies shall operate as a waiver thereof,  and no
single or partial  exercise by the Company or the Executive of any such right or
remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof.

         12. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application
of any such provision to any party or  circumstances  shall be determined by any
court of competent  jurisdiction to be invalid or  unenforceable  to any extent,
the remainder of this  Agreement,  or the  application of such provision to such
person or  circumstances  other  than those to which it is so  determined  to be
invalid or  unenforceable,  shall not be affected  thereby,  and each  provision
hereof  shall  be  enforced  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law.  If any
provision  of this  Agreement,  or any part  thereof,  is held to be  invalid or
unenforceable  because of the scope or duration  of or the area  covered by such
provision,  the parties  hereto agree that the court  making such  determination
shall  reduce the  scope,  duration  and/or  area of such  provision  (and shall
substitute   appropriate  provisions  for  any  such  invalid  or  unenforceable
provisions)  in order to make such  provision  enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted  by law and/or  shall  delete  specific  words and  phrases,  and such
modified provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.  The parties
hereto  recognize that if, in any judicial  proceeding,  a court shall refuse to
enforce any of the separate  covenants  contained in this  Agreement,  then that
invalid or  unenforceable  covenant  contained in this Agreement shall be deemed
eliminated from these provisions to the extent necessary to permit the remaining
separate  covenants to be enforced.  In the event that any court determines that
the time  period  or the area,  or both,  are  unreasonable  and that any of the
covenants is to that extent invalid or  unenforceable,  the parties hereto agree
that such  covenants  will  remain  in full  force and  effect,  first,  for the
greatest time period,  and second, in the greatest  geographical area that would
not  render  them  enforceable.   To  the  extent  that  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction determines that the Executive breached any undertaking in Paragraph
4, the Company's obligations to make payments pursuant to Paragraphs 2(c), 5 and
6 shall immediately cease.

         13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to the
principles of conflict of laws.

         14. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall  constitute
one agreement binding on the parties hereto.

         15.  Enforcement  Costs. With respect to any suit, action or proceeding
arising  out  of or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or  the  Executive's
employment with the Company  hereunder,  the Company shall be solely responsible
for all fees, costs and expenses  (including,  without limitation,  the fees and
costs  of  attorneys  and  court  costs)  incurred  by the  Company  and/or  the
Executive, except, if it is determined by a court in a final and non-appealable

                                        7

<PAGE>
judgment  that the  Executive  engaged in the  activity  described  in Paragraph
2(b)(ii) or (iii) hereof, then the Executive shall be solely responsible for all
such fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive.

         16.  Titles and  Captions.  All  paragraph  titles or  captions in this
Agreement  are for  convenience  only and in no way  defined,  limit,  extend or
describe the scope or intent of any provision hereof.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the parties hereof has duly executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                                          IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.



                                       By:
                                      Name:
                                     Title:



                                                                    DAMIAN GRECO





                                        8

                   THIS LEASE,  dated the 25th day of July 1997, between BONANNO
REAL ESTATE GROUP III, L.P., a New Jersey limited  partnership,  with offices at
107 West Tryon Avenue, Teaneck, New Jersey 07666 (hereinafter referred to as the
"Landlord");  and IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC.,a New Jersey corporation,  with offices
at 53 West Century Road,  Paramus,  New Jersey,  hereinafter  referred to as the
"Tenant")



                               W I T N S S E T H:

                                    ARTICLE I

                               Demise of Premises

     Section 1.01.  The Landlord,  for and in  consideration  of the rents to be
paid and of the covenants and agreements  thereinafter  contained to be kept and
performed  by the Tenant,  hereby  demises  aid leases unto the Tenant,  and the
Tenant hereby lures and Lakes from the Landlord,  for the term and the rent, and
upon the covenants and agreements  hereinafter set forth, the premises described
iii Exhibit A attached  hereto and made a part hereof  (such  premises  together
with a portion of the Building as hereinafter defined being hereinafter referred
to as the "Demised Premises") , which is situated on that certain parcel of land
located at 53 West Century  Road,  in the Borough of Paramus,  County of Bergen,
State of New Jersey (hereinafter referred to as the "Real Property"), to include
the use of fifteen (15) parking spaces and use of one (1) tailgate loading door,
as described on Exhibit B, subject, however, to all of the following:

     (a)Any state of facts an accurate survey may disclose;

     (b)Zoning regulations and ordinances of the governmental  subdivision(s) in
which the Demised Premises lie; and

     (C)Covenants, restrictions, conditions, easements and party wall agreements
of record, if any.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  Term of Lease

     Section 2.01. The term of this Lease and the demise of the Demised Premises
shall be for three (3) years  beginning,  subject to Section 29.13, on August 1,
1997 (the  "Commencement  Date") and ending July 31, 2000 or on such  earlier or
later  commencement  or  termination  as  hereinafter  set forth  (which term is
hereinafter called the "Term")

<PAGE>
                                ARTICLE III Rent

     Section 3.01. Tue Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, during the Term without
counterclaim,  deduction  or setoff,  basic  rent,  in the amount of One Hundred
Eighty-four  Thousand Nine Hundred  Seventeen and 60/100  ($184,917.60)  Dollars
(hereinafter "Term Basic Rent"),  payable in such coin or currency of the United
States  of  America  as at the time of  payment  shall be legal  tender  for the
payment of public and private debts.

     Section  3.02.  The Term  Basic  Rent  shall  accrue at an  annual  rate of
Sixty-one  Thousand  Six Hundred  Thirty-nine  and 20/100  ($61,639.20)  Dollars
(hereinafter  "Annual Basic  Rent"),and shall be payable in advance on the first
day of each  calendar  month  during  the Term in monthly  installments  of Five
Thousand One Hundred Thirty~six and 60/100 ($5,136.60) Dollars each (hereinafter
"Monthly Basic Rental) except that a proportionately  lesser sum lay be paid for
the first and last months of the Term of this lease if the Term  commences  on a
date other than the first day of the month, in accordance with the provisions of
this Lease  hereinafter set forth. The Basic Rent shall be payable at the office
of the Landlord at the address above set forth,  or as may otherwise be directed
by notice from the  Landlord to the  Tenant.  As used in this Lease,  Basic Rent
shall mean either Term Basic Rent,  Annual Basic Rent or Monthly  Basic Rent, as
appropriate.

     Section 3.03.  the Tenant shall,  and will,  during the Term well and truly
pay, or cause to be paid, to the  Landlord,  the  installments  of Monthly Basic
Rent as herein  provided  and all other sums that may become due and  payable by
the Tenant thereunder,  at that time and in the manner herein provided,  without
counterclaim,  offset or  deduction;  and all other sums due and  payable by the
Tenant hereunder may, at the Landlord's option, be deemed to be, and treated as,
Additional  Rent, and added to any Term Basic Rent due and payable by the Tenant
hereunder,  and, in the event of  nonpayment  of such other sums,  the  Landlord
shall have all the rights and  remedies  herein  provided for in the case of the
nonpayment  of the Term Basic Rent and  Additional  Rent,  or of a breach of any
covenant to be performed by the Tenant

     Section 3.04.  The Basic Rent payable by the Tenant  pursuant to thus Lease
is  intended  to be net to the  Landlord,  and all other  charges  and  expenses
imposed  upon the  Demised  Premises or  incurred  in  connection  with its use,
occupancy,  care, maintenance,  operation aud control, including but not limited
to the charges and  expenses  payable  pursuant to Articles VII and VIII of this
Lease,  shall be paid by the  Tenant,  excepting  liens  resulting  from acts or
omissions  of  the  Landlord  and  other  payments  to be  paid  or  obligations
undertaken by tile Landlord as specifically provided in this Lease.

     Section  3.05.  The Basic Rent payable under this Lease shall be payable to
Bonanno  Real  Estate  Group III,  L.P.,  at the office of the  Landlord  at the
address set forth in Section  16.01,  or as may  otherwise be directed by notice
from the  Landlord to the Tenant,  and shall be payable in such coin or currency
of the United  States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender
for the payment of public and private debts.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                              The Demised Premises

     Section 4.01. The Demised Premises  consists of  approximately  9,784 gross
square  feet  located  in  a  portion  of  a  presently   existing  building  of
approximately 34,966 gross square feet (which building is hereinafter called the
"Building")  previously  erected thereon) which the Tenant  acknowledges that it
has inspected  aud is fully  familiar with its condition and is leasing the same
"AS Is"  condition,  subject  to the work  described  in Exhibit C to be done by
Landlord,  at Landlord's sole cost and expense.  Lisidloid represents that as of
the  Commencement  Date  all  Building  Systems  (i.e.   electrical,   plumbing,
sprinkler)  shall be in  working  order.  Tenant  shall,  at its  sole  cost and
expense, perform all initial improvements to tile Demised Premises. Tenant shall
obtain all governmental  approvals required for the performance of such work and
shall provide  landlord with copies thereof.  All work performed by Tenant shall
be iii a 900(3  and  workmanlike  manner,  consistent  with  the  character  aud
integrity of the Building  and subject to all of the  requirements  of Sect ions
9.02 and 9.03.

<PAGE>
     Section 4.02. The Demised  Premises  herein above  described  constitutes a
self-contained unit and nothing in this Lease shall impose upon the Landlord any
obligation to provide any services for the benefit of the Tenant,  including but
not limited to waLer,  gas,  electricity,  heat,  janitorial or garbage removal,
unless aud to the extent expressly provided for in this lease.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                       Use

     Section 5.01. The Demised Premises may be used for photographic imaging and
processing and offices in connection  therewith.  Notwithstanding)y  anything to
the contrary, the Landlord makes no representation that the Demised Premises may
be used for those purposes set forth in this Section 5.01.  Tenant,  at its sole
cost and expense,  shall be responsible  for obtaining any and all  certificates
and/or permits  sanctioning  Tenant's use from any governmental  agencies having
jurisdiction  over the Demised  Premises,  including by way of example,  but not
limitation,  a  Certificate  of Occupancy for the Demised  Premises.  The Tenant
shall not use or permit to be used the Demised  Premises or any part thereof for
any purpose  other than the  aforementioned.  In no event shall Tenant store any
products, materialS, machinery, equipment or inventory or perform any activities
outside of the Building.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 Quiet Enjoyment

     Section 6.01.  The Landlord  covenants  that if, and so long as. the Tenant
pays the Term  Basic  Rent,  and any  Additional  Rent as herein  provided,  and
performs  the  covenants  hereof,  the  Landlord  shall do nothing to affect the
Tenant's  right to  peaceably  and  quietly  have,  hold and enjoy  the  Demised
Premises for the Term herein mentioned,  subject to the provisions of this Lease
and to any mortgage or deed of trust to which this Lease shall be subordinate.


                                   ARTICLE VII

         Additional Rent, Taxes, Assessments, Water Rates, charges, Etc.

     Section 7.01. It is expressly  agreed that Tenant shall pay, in addition to
the Basic Rent  provided  in Article III above,  as  Additional  Rent,  Tenant's
Proportionate  Share, as defined herein,  of the Operating Costs for the Demised
Premises  and  Building.  The Tenant  shall pay its  Proportionate  Share of the
Operating  Costs to Landlord  before any interest or penalties  accrue  thereon.
Operating  Costs, as used herein,  shall mean all reasonable  costs incurred for
the  operation,  maintenance,  repair and  replacement of the Building and shall
include by way of  illustration  but; not  limitation,  Real Estate  Taxes,  all
domestic water charges, fire sprinkler stand-by charges,  costs for snow removal
and landscaping  charges,  sewer rates and charges,  and all other  governmental
charges  imposed  during the Term on the Real Property and Building of which the
Demised Premises are a part,  parking lot repairs,  pothole  maintenance and all
other charges  relating to the maintenance of the parking lot area.  There shall
be apportioned  any tax or charge relating to the fiscal years in which the Term
of this Lease commences or terminates.

     Section  7.02.  The  Tenant  shall  not  be  required  to pay  any  estate,
inheritance,  devolution,  succession,  transfer,  legacy  or gift  tax  charged
against the Landlord or the estate or

<PAGE>
     interest of the  Landlord in the Demised  Premises or upon the right of any
person to succeed to the same or any part  thereof by  inheritance,  succession,
transfer or gift, nor any capital stock tax or corporate)franchise  tax incurred
by the  Landlord,  nor any income tax upon or against the income of the Landlord
(including any rental income  derived by the Landlord from the Demised  Premises
but titis  exclusion  shall not be applicable to a gross  receipts or rental tax
which shall be considered a Real Estate Tax)

     Section 7.03. The Tenant shall pay 20.37(%) percent of all assessments that
may be  imposed  upon  the  Real  Property  by  reason  of any  specific  public
improvement  (including  but not  limited to  assessments  for street  openings,
grading,  paving and sewer installations and improvements) except that if by law
such special  assessment is payable,  or may, at the option of the taxpayer,  be
paid,  in  installments,  the Tenant may whether or not interest  accrues on the
unpaid  balance  thereof,  pay the same and any  accrued  interest on any unpaid
balance thereof in installments as each installment becomes due and payable, but
in any event before any penalty or cost may be added  thereto for payment of any
installment or interest.  Any such benefit,  assessment or  installment  thereof
relating to a fiscal period in which the Term~of this lease begins or ends shall
be apportioned.

     Section 7.04. The Tenant,  in its name or the Landlord's  name,  shall have
the right to contest, or review, by appropriate proceedings,  iii such manner as
it may deem suitable,  at its only expense, and without expense to the Landlord,
any tax, assessment,  water aud sewer rates or charges, or other charges payable
by the Tenant pursuant to this Lease,  and upon the request of this Tenant,  and
upon receipt by Landlord of the taxes payable by Tenant under this Article,  the
Landlord will pay, under protest,  any tax,  assessment,  water or sewer rent or
charge, or any other charge payable by the tenant pursuant to this Lease,  which
shall be  contested  or reviewed by the Tenant.  In the event any such appeal is
successful  20.37(%) percent of any refund resulting from such contest or review
shall be  assigned  to aud  belong to the Tenant and shall be paid to the Tenant
promptly upon its receipt by the Landlord.  If the refund  relates to a tax year
that is  apportioned  between the Landlord  and the Tenant,  the refund shall be
apportioned between the Landlord and the Tenant

     Section 7.05.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained herein to the contrary,
should  Landlord's  mortgagee  require at any time, the maintenance of an escrow
reserve for the tax  obligations of Tenant or to any other  obligation of Tenant
as in this Lease  contained,  'Tenant  shall  promptly pay to said  escrowee the
required amount that may be periodically adjusted from time to time

     Section  7.06.  The Tenant  shall be required to pay, as its  Proportionate
Share of the total  charges  for the  items  enumerated  in  Section  7.01,  the
following:

     (i) Real Estate Taxes  imposed upon tile Building and land 20.37% 

     (ii) Fire sprinkler standby 27.98%

     (iii) Domestic water and sewer 22.01%

     (iv) Parking lot repairs,  parking lot lighting and snow removal 25.33% 

     (v) Landscaping 27.98%


<PAGE>
     The Tenant shall pay its  Proportionate  Share of the items  enumerated ii)
this  Article  as well as any other sums due and  payable  by Tenant  under this
Lease  within ten (10) days after being billed by  landlord,  failing  which the
Landlord may, but without being  required to do so, pay said  proportion and add
the  amount  hereof as  Additional  Rent to the Term Basic Rent due for the next
ensuing  months.  In the event that Landlord  incurs an Operating Cost for which
Tenant's  Proportionate  Share is not specified  above,  Landlord  shall in good
faith, using its reasonable determination,  establish the Tenant's Proportionate
Share  with  respect  to such  item(s)  . In the  event  that  any of the  above
enumerated  items are  separately  metered to the Demised  Premises,  the Tenant
stall pay the amount metered. If any of the aforesaid items are increased beyond
that which have existed but for Tenant's acts, use or installation, Tenant shall
pay said increase in ful]

     Section 7.08. Tenant shall pays before delinquency, all taxes, assessments,
license  fees,  and other charges that are levied or assessed  against  Tenant's
personal property located on the Demised Premises. On demand by Landlord, Tenant
shall furnish  Landlord with  satisfactory  evidence of these  payments.  If any
taxes on Tenant's  personal  property are levied against Landlord or Landlord' S
property, or if the assessed value of the Building is increased by the inclusion
of a value placed on Tenant's  personal  property or as a result of alterations,
additional  improvements made to the Demised Premises by or for Tenant,  Tenant,
on demand,  shall  immediately  pay to Landlord as Additional  Rent,  the sum of
taxes levied against  Landlord,  or the  proportion of the taxes  resulting from
such  increase  in  Landlord's  assessment  caused  thereby.  Landlord  shall be
entitled to, in good faith using its  reasonable  determination,  ascertain  the
value  of the  tax  increase  attributable  to  Tenant's  personal  property  or
alterations, additions or improvements.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    Insurance

     Section 8.01. The Landlord shall,  during the Term of this Lease, cause the
Building to be insured for the benefit of the  Landlord  and ground  lessor,  if
any,  and any and all  mortgagees  of the  Landlord  and for the Tenant,  as its
interest may appear,  "All Risk"  property  insurance  against damage or loss by
tire, malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage and such other hazards and perils as
now or hereafter may be included in a standard "extended  coverage"  endorsement
from time to time including  boiler insurance and with a vandalism and malicious
mischief  endorsement,  in ah amount not less than the full replacement value of
an  identical   building   (excluding   Tenant   improvements  and  alterations)
constructed in accordance with all  requirements,  rules and regulations,  which
may be  applicable  at the  time of any  loss  or  damage,  of all  governmental
agencies having jurisdiction over the Building and construction of such Building
and improvements.  Such policies shall be issued by insurance companies licensed
to do business in New Jersey.  Tenant shall pay, as  Additional  Rent,  22.23(%)
percent of the total premium promptly when billed. In addition, the Tenant shall
pay the full amount of any increase in the premium  imposed  solely by reason of
its ~)~ing a named  insured  and for any  increase  assessed  against the entire
Building resulting from Tenant's use. If the Tenant shall fail to pay the amount
of such premiums within ten (10) days after being billed by Landlord, the amount
thereof  shall be added to the amount of the Monthly  Basic Rent next coming due
hereunder  and shall be due and payable as part of said Monthly  Basic Rent next
coming due. Any deductible shall be deemed  self-insurance by the Tenant, to the
extent of 22.23(%) percent of the amount thereof.  Landlord's  current insurance
policy covering the Building provides for a Five Thousand and 00/100 ($5,000.00)
Dollar deductible. Landlord agrees to advise Tenant in the event of any increase
in the deductible.

     Section 8.02. The Tenant shall provide and keep in force,  during tike Term
of this  Lease,  for the  benefit of the  Landlord  and ground  lessor,  if any,
comprehensive  general liability  insurance policies in standard form,  insuring
the Landlord with respect to ownership,  maintenance  and use against  liability
for personal  injury,  bodily  injury,  broad form property  damage.  operations
hazard, owner's protective

<PAGE>
     coverage, blanket contractual liability,  products and completed operations
liability in or upon the Demised  Premises  during the Term of this Lease.  Said
policies shall be written by insurance  companies licensed to do business in the
State of New Jersey rated A+XV by A.M. Best Company,  Oldwick,  New Jersey,  and
shall cover the entire Demised  Premises as well as any sidewalk in front of the
same,   and  shall  be  in  the  minimum   amount  of  Two  Million  and  00/100
($2,000,000.00)  Dollars and shall contain  provision for ten (10) days' written
notice by registered  mail to the Landlord of any change or cancellation of said
policy.  The said  policies  shall also contain an  endorsement  protecting  the
Landlord  for water  damage  and  sprinkler  damage  liability  with  respect to
property other than the Landlord's.  The Landlord  reserves the right to require
an increase in the  aforesaid  amount during the term of this lease to an amount
reasonable under the circumstances considering the character and location of the
Building and Tenant 's use of the Demised Premises.

     Tenant  represents,  said  representation  being  specifically  designed to
induce the Landlord to execute this Lease, that Tenant shall insure its business
against  interruption  and its  Premises,  improvements,  alterations,  personal
property  and fixtures and any other items which Tenant may bring to the Demised
Premises or which may be under Tenant's  care,  custody and control which may be
subject to any claim for  damages or  destruction,  which  property  value shall
never exceed the amount of insurance  which Tenant is required to carry pursuant
to this Lease.  If at any time the value of the  personal  property  fixtures or
other goods  located at the Demised  Premises  shall exceed said amount,  Tenant
covenants  to so notify  Landlord  and at the same time  increase  the amount of
insurance  required  to be carried  pursuant to this  Section  8.02 to an amount
sufficient  to cover  the  aforesaid.  Should  Tenant  fail to do so, or fail to
maintain insurance  coverage adequate to cover the aforesaid,  then Tenant shall
be in default  hereunder  and shall be deemed to have  breached its covenants as
set forth herein.

     Section 8.03.  The Tenant shall provide and keep in force,  during the Term
of this  Lease,  for the  benefit of the  Landlord  and ground  lessor,  if any,
machinery insurance if applicable.  The Landlord shall be named as an additional
named  insured and loss payee under the policy,  with respect to real  property.
Upon  failure at any time on the part of the Tenant to procure any or all of the
policies of insurance as herein provided,  or to pay the premiums therefor,  the
Landlord  shall be at liberty from time to time as often as such  failure  shall
occur,  to  procure  such  insurance  and pay the  premiums  therefor  as herein
provided in case of fire  insurance,  and all and any sums paid for such failure
by the Landlord together with interest thereon from date of payment shall be and
become and are hereby declared to be Additional Rent under this Lease, forthwith
due and payable, and shall be collectible accordingly.

     Section 8.04.  The Landlord  shall provide on behalf of the Tenant and keep
in force during the Term of this Lease, for the benefit of the Landlord,  rental
income  insurance  insuring the Landlord against the loss of Term Basic Rent and
Additional Rent, as in this Lease provided, from the perils of fire and extended
coverage for a period of no less than one (1) year. The Tenant

<PAGE>
shall  reimburse  Landlord for the cost of said  insurance  when billed.  If the
Tenant shall fail to pay the amount of such premiums  within ten (10) days after
being billed,  the amount thereof shall be added to the amount of the Term Basic
Rent next  coining  due  hereunder  and shall be due and payable as part of said
Tern Basic Rent next coming due.

     Section 8.05. Each such insurance policy carried by Landlord arid each such
insurance policy carried by Tenant insuring the Demised  Premises,  its business
against interruption,  and its fixtures and contents against loss by fire, water
and causes  covered  by  standard  extended  coverage  or all risks  endorsement
insurance,  shall be  written in a manner so as to  provide  that the  insurance
company waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation  against  Landlord or
Tenant in connection  with any loss or damage covered by such policies.  Neither
party shall be liable to the other for any loss or damage caused by fire,  water
or any of the risks enumerated in standard  extended  coverage  insurance or all
risks endorsement insurance,  provided such insurance was obtainable at the time
of such loss or damage.  If the  release of either  Landlord  or Tenant,  as set
forth in the second  sentence of this paragraph,  shall  contravene any law with
respect to exculpatory agreements,  the liability of the party in question shall
be deemed not released but shall be deemed secondary to the latter's insurer.

     Section  8.06.  The Tenant  shall  also  furnish  insurance  for such other
hazards and in such amounts as the Landlord may reasonably require and as at the
time  are  commonly  insured  against  with  respect  to  buildings  similar  in
character,  general  location and use and  occupancy to the Demised  Premises in
relative amounts normally  carried with respect thereto.  The Landlord  reserves
the right at any time and from time to time to  require  that the limits for any
of the insurance  required pursuant to Article VIII be increased to limits as at
the time are reasonable with respect to Tenant's use and to buildings similar in
character, general location and use and occupancy to the Demised Premises.

     Section  8.07.  In the event any  mortgagee,  ground  lessor or trust  deed
holder requires an escrow for insurance,  taxes or any other recurring  charges,
Tenant shall, on demand from Landlord,  deposit tire required escrow as required
by any of the aforesaid.

     Section 8.08. If any taxes on Tenant's personal property are levied against
Landlord or  Landlord's  property,  or if the assessed  value of the Building is
increased by the inclusion of a value placed on Tenant's personal property or as
a result of alterations,  additions or improvements made to the Demised Premises
by or for  Tenant,  Tenant,  on demand,  shall  immediately  pay to  Landlord as
Additional Rent the sum of the taxes levied against Landlord,  or the proportion
of the taxes  resulting  from such  increase  in  Landlord's  assessment  caused
thereby.  If such separate  valuation is not  reasonably  available to Landlord,
Landlord shall be entitled to, in good faith using its reasonable determination,
ascertain  the value of the tax  increase  attributable  to  'tenant's  personal
property or alterations, additions or improvements.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                     Repairs

     Section 9.01. The Tenant shall keep the Demised  Premises in good condition
and repair, and shall redecorate, paint and renovate the Demised Premises as may
be necessary to keep them in good condition and repair and good appearance.  The
Tenant shall keep the Demised Premises and all parts thereof in a

<PAGE>
     clean and sanitary condition and free from trash,  inflammable material and
other objectionable matter. The Tenant shall comply with all of the requirements
and  recommendations  as  announced  from  time  to  time  by  tire  engineering
department or any other  similar  enforcement  department of the fire  insurance
company  insuring  the Demised  Premises or any agencies or  departments  of the
Borough of Paramus  including by way of example but not limitation the health or
fire department.  The Tenant shall keep the sidewalks and roadway's forming part
of the Demised  Premises clean arid free Of obstruct ions,  snow and ice. Except
as hereinafter in this Lease set forth,  throughout the Term of this Lease,  the
Tenant,  at its sole  cost and  expense,  will  take  good  care of the  Demised
Premises  including  by way of  example  but not  limitation,  boiler,  heating,
ventilating and air conditioning  systems,  plumbing systems,  electrical system
and  sprinkler,  landscaping  and weed  removal,  and the  sidewalks  and  curbs
adjoining  the  Demised  Premises  and  will  keep the  same in good  order  and
condition  and  make all  necessary  repairs  thereto,  interior  and  exterior,
ordinary and  extraordinary,  foreseen and  unforeseen.  Tenant shall return the
Demised  Premises at the end of the Term in the same  condition  they were in at
the commencement,  subject to reasonable wear and tear. In addition,  the Tenant
shall replace, at the Tenant's expense, all glass in and on the Demised Premises
which may become broken after the date of Tenant' s occupancy.  All repairs made
by Tenant shall be equal in quality and class to the original  work.  The Tenant
shall quit Demised Premises at the end of the Term in broom-clean  condition and
in as good  condition as the  reasonable  use thereof will permit.  when used in
this Article,  the term "repairs" shall include all necessary  replacements  and
renewals

     In case the  Tenant  shall  fail or  neglect at any time to make any of the
repairs or replacements  herein above agreed to be made by it and shall continue
such failure or neglect  after thirty (30) days' notice in writing  thereof from
the  Landlord,  unless  the  critical  nature of the repair  requires  immediate
attention  in which  event  the  repair  or  replacement  shall  be made  within
twenty-four  (24) hours  after such  written  notice,  then the  Landlord or its
agents,  at the option of the Landlord,  may enter the Demised Premises and make
such repairs or  replacements  at the cost and expense of the Tenant and in case
of the Tenant's failure to pay therefor,  the same cost and expense may be added
to tire next  installment  of Monthly Basic Rent and be due and payable as such,
or the Landlord  may, at its option,  terminate  this Lease or pursue any of its
other remedies hereunder

     The Tenant shall  obtain and keep in full force and effect  during the Term
of tins Lease,  at its own cost and  expense,  a  maintenance  contract  oil the
heating, ventilation and air conditioning system

     section  9.02.  The Tenant  shall not,  without the written  consent of the
Landlord,  make any alterations,  additions or improvements  with respect to the
following:

     (a)the  structure of the Building (which shall include,  but not be limited
to,  footings,   foundation  walls,  exterior  bearing  and  non-bearing  walls,
structural  steel  framework,  floor  slab,  roofing,  framework  consisting  of
barjoists, girders and purlins, and load-bearing interior masonry partitions)

     (b)mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems; and

<PAGE>
     (c)any  other  alterations,  additions or  improvements,  the cost of which
would exceed Five Thousand and 00/~00 ($5,000.00)  Dollars on an annual basis in
the aggregate

     If so requested by the  Landlord,  the Tenant will remove all  improvements
made by it under this Lease (including by way of example but not limitation, any
interior  partitions and dark rooms installed in the Demised  Premises) prior to
the  expiration of the Term and leave the Demised  Premises in such condition as
it was at the  commencement of the Term of this Lease,  reasonable wear and tear
excepted.  In the event the  Tenant so tails to remove  such  improvements,  the
Landlord may do so and collect from the Tenant,  as Additional  Rent,  its costs
and expense of doing so. All erections, alterations, additions and improvements,
whether  temporary or permanent in  character,  which may be made upon or to the
Demised  Premises  either by the  Landlord or the Tenant,  except  furniture  or
movable  trade  fixtures  installed  at the expense of the Tenant,  shall be the
property  of the  Landlord  and shall  remain upon and be  surrendered  with the
Demised  Premises as a part thereof at the  termination  of this Lease,  without
compensation to the Tenant. All furniture, movable trade fixtures and personalty
of the Tenant remaining in the Demised Premises after the expiration of the Term
shall be deemed  abandoned  aud 'nay be removed by Landlord who may collect from
the Tenant, as additional Rent, its costs and expenses of so removing

     Section 9.03. The  Landlord~may,  as a condition to granting its consent to
any  alteration,  addition  or  improvement  referred  to in (a),  (b) or (c) of
Section 9.02 above, require the following

     (a)Plans and Specifications therefor are first submitted to the Landlord;

     (b)The Landlord shall approve such plans and  specifications,  the Landlord
agreeing that, as to nonstructural  repairs and  alterations,  its approval will
not be unreasonably withheld;

     (c)  Provided  the  Landlord  has  approved  the same,  the said  Plans and
Specifications are appropriately filed (if necessary) with the governing body or
agency  having  jurisdiction  of  building   alterations,   construct  ions  and
improvements; and

     (d)Consent  (if  necessary)  is  granted  by that  body for any of the said
alterations, improvements, construction or repairs.

     Section 9.04.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained herein to the contrary,
Landlord shall,  throughout the Term, keep and maintain in good order, condition
and repair,  the exterior  load-bearing  walls  (excluding  windows and glass) ,
foundation and structural steel framework,  exclusive of windows, window frames,
door frames, and normal maintenance items including but not limited to caulking,
pointing,  painting  and  waterproofing,  and the roof  (including  membrane and
structure) , provided that Tenant furnishes Landlord with notice of the need for
such repairs as and when the need arises and further  provided that such repairs
are not required as a result of the negligence of Tenant,  its agents,  servants
or employees.
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE X


                                    Casualty

     Section  10~01.  If the  Demised  Premises  or the  Building  is damaged or
destroyed by fire, explosion, the elements or otherwise during the Term so as to
render the Demised  Premises  wholly  untenantable  or unfit for  occupancy,  or
should the Demised Premises be so badly injured that the same cannot be repaired
within one hundred  eighty (180) days from the  happening of such injury,  then,
and in such case,  the Term hereby  created  shall,  at the option of either the
'landlord or the Tenant,  terminate upon the giving of a notice of  termination.
If a notice of  termination  is given,  the Term of this Lease  shall  terminate
effective  as of the dale of such damage or  destruction,  and the Tenant  shall
immediately surrender the Demised Premises and all the Tenant's interest therein
to the Landlord, and pay Term Basic Rent and Additional Rent to the time of such
damage or  destruction,  and the Landlord may re-enter and repossess the Demised
Premises discharged from this Lease and may remove all parties therefrom

     Section 10.02.  Should the Demised  Premises be rendered  untenantable  and
unfit for occupancy,  but yet be repairable within one hundred eighty (180) days
from the  happening of said injury,  the Landlord  will,  provided the mortgagee
makes the proceeds of any casualty  insurance required to be carried pursuant to
this Lease  available to the Landlord to restore and further  provided  that the
insurance  proceeds so received  are  adequate to restore the  Building  and the
Demised Premises,  enter and repair the same with reasonable speed, and the Term
Basic  Rent and  Additional  Rent shall  abate to the  extent of rent  insurance
received  by the  Landlord  until the  earlier of Ci) such time as the  Landlord
makes such repairs so as to render the Demised Premises once again usable by the
Tenant for the purposes  under this Lease or (ii) the  cessation  of  Landlord's
receipt of rent insurance

     Section 10.03. If the Demised  Premises shall be so slightly injured as not
to be rendered  untenantable and unfit for occupancy,  the Landlord shall repair
the same with reasonable  promptness and the Term Basic Rent and Additional Rent
accrued and accruing shall not cease or terminate.  The Tenant shall immediately
notify the Landlord in case of fire or other damage to the Demised Premises

     Section 10.04.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in Section 10.01,
neither the Landlord nor the Tenant shall have any  obligation to terminate this
Lease upon the happening Of an injury referred to iii Section 10.01 provided Ci)
that the happening of such injury  occurs at a time when the  unexpired  Term of
this lease is two (2) years or more;  (ii) further  provided  that the mortgagee
makes the proceeds of any casualty  insurance required to be carried pursuant to
this Lease available to Landlord to restore; and (iii) further provided that the
insurance  proceeds so received  are  adequate to restore the  Building  and the
Demised Premises. In such event, the Landlord shall repair the Demised Premises,
even to the extent of rebuilding the Building if necessary, subject, however, to
the receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds.  The Landlord shall promptly enter
and repair the Demised Premises with reasonable speed,  making due allowance for
conditions  beyond the Landlord's  control,  including,  but not limited to time
lost in adjusting  insurance  claims' and  strikes,  and the Term Basic Rent and
Additional  Rent shall  abate to the extent of rent  insurance  received by Like
Landlord until the earlier of such time as the Landlord makes such repairs so as
to render the Demised  Premises once again usable by the Tenant for the purposes
under this Lease or (ii) the cessation of Landlord's receipt of rent

<PAGE>
     insurance.  Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore  Tenant'
improvements.
                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  Condemnation

     Section 11.01.  If, during the Term,  twenty-five  (25%) percent or more of
the area of the  Demised  Premises  shall be taken  under any  power of  eminent
domain or  condemnation  then,  at the option of the Tenant,  to be exercised in
writing  within  thirty (30) days of taking of title  thereto,  this Lease shall
expire  within  thirty  (30) days of the date of such  notice and the Tern Basic
Rent and any  Additional  Rent herein  reserved  shall be apportioned as of said
date. However, if the Tenant does not exercise the aforementioned  option, or if
the taking does not deprive the Tenant of at least  twenty~five (25%) percent of
the area of the Demised Premises, this Lease shall not expire but the Term Basic
Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably apportioned. If the Landlord and the
Tenant fail to agree upon an  equitable  apportionment,  the Term Basic Rent and
Additional  Rent for the  Building,  after such taking,  shall be  determined in
accordance with the Commercial  Rules of the American  Arbitration  Association,
and the  arbitrator  shall be  empowered to assess the costs and expenses of the
proceedings as part of the determination.  Pending such determination the Tenant
shall  pay,  on  account  of the Term  Basic  Rent  and  Additional  Rent,  such
proportion of the Term Basic Rent and Additional  Rent reserved in this Lease as
the total area of the  Building  after the taking bears to the total area of the
Building  before  the  taking,  subject to  adjustment  in  accordance  with the
arbitrator's  award. No part of any award shall belong to the Tenant except that
nothing  contained  herein is intended to affect or limit the Tenant's claim for
fixtures  or other  improvements  owned by  Tenant  provided  the same  does not
diminish the Landlord's  award.  It is expressly  understood and agreed that the
provisions  of this Article XI shall not be applicable  to any  condemnation  or
taking for governmental occupancy for a limited period of time.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                           Compliance With Laws, Etc.

     Section 12.01. The Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in the
Demised Premises which shall constitute a public nuisance or which will conflict
with the  regulations of the Fire  Department or with any insurance  policy upon
improvements or any part thereof

     Section 12.02.  The Tenant shall, at its own expense,  obtain all necessary
environmental  and  operating  permits  and comply  with all  present and future
requirements of law and with all present and future ordinances or orders,  rules
and regulations of any State,  Municipal or other public authority affecting the
Demised  Premises and with all  requirements of the Fire Insurance  Executive or
similar  body,  and of any  liability  insurance  company  insuring the Landlord
against  liability  for  accidents  in or  connected  with the Demised  Premises
including,  but not limited to laws,  ordinance,  orders,  rules and regulations
which apply to the interior or exterior of the Demised Premises,  the structural
or  nonstructural  parts  thereof,  and to make  all  improvements  and  repairs
required by such laws,  ordinances,  orders, rules and regulations,  ordinary or
extraordinary  foreseen  or  unforeseen.  Landlord  represents  that  it has not
received any notice of  violation  from any state,  municipal,  federal or other
public authority affecting the Demised Premises.
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE X

     Section 12.03.  Tenant  acknowledges the existence of  environmental  laws,
rules and  regulations,  including but not limited to the provisions of ISRA, as
hereinafter  defined.  Tenant shall comply with any and all such laws, rules and
regulations.  Tenant  represents to Landlord that Tenant's  Standard  Industrial
Classification   (SIC)  Number  as   designated   in  the  Standard   Industrial
Classification  Manual  prepared by the Office of  Management  and Budget in the
Executive  Office of the  President  of the United  States  will not subject the
Demised  Premises to ISRA  applicability.  Any change by Tenant to an  operation
with an SIC Number subject to ISRA shall require Landlord's written consent. Any
such proposed  change shall be sent in writing to landlord sixty (60) days prior
to the proposed change. Landlord, at its sole option, may deny consent.

     Tenant hereby agrees to execute such documents as Landlord reasonably deems
necessary  and to make such  applications  as  Landlord  reasonably  requires to
assure  compliance  with all applicable  environmental  laws including  ISRA. In
addition,  prior to the  expiration  of the  Term,  Tenant  agrees  to make such
applications  as are required to comply with ISRA in  connection  with  closing,
terminating or transferring operations. Tenant shall bear all costs and expenses
incurred in connection with any required ISRA compliance resulting from Tenant's
use of the Demised  Premises  including  but not limited to state  agency  fees,
engineering-'  fees,  clean up costs,  filing fees and suretyship  expenses . As
used herein,  ISRA compliance shall include  applications for  determinations of
nonapplicability  by  the  appropriate  governmental  authority,  issuance  of a
negative  declaration or implementation,  and the completion of a clean up plan.
The foregoing  undertaking shall survive the termination or sooner expiration of
the Lease and surrender of the Demised  Premises and shall also survive sale, or
lease or  assignment  of the Demised  Premises  by  Landlord.  Tenant  agrees to
indemnify  and hold Landlord  harmless from any violation of ISRA  occasioned by
Tenant's use of the Demised Premises.  The Tenant shall immediately  provide the
Landlord with copies of all correspondence,  reports, notices, orders, findings,
declarations  and other  materials  pertinent  to the  Tenant's  compliance  and
requirements of the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protect ion " NJDEP")
under ISRA as they are issued or received by the Tenant

     Tenant  agrees not to  generate,  store,  manufacture,  refine,  transport,
treat;,  dispose of, or  otherwise  permit to be present on or about the Demised
Premises, any Hazardous Substances.  As used herein,  hazardous Substances shall
be defined as any "hazardous chemical," "hazardous substance" or similar tern as
defined  in the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Responsibility  Compensation  and
Liability   Act,  as  amended  (42  U.S.C.   9601,  et  seq.)  ,The  New  Jersey
Environmental Cleanup Responsibility Act, as amended,  N.J.S.A.  13:1K-6 et seq.
and/or  the  Industrial  Site  Recovery  Act  ("ISRA"),  the  New  Jersey  Spill
Compensation and Control Act, as amended,  N.J.S.A.  58:10-23.11b,  et seq., any
rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, or in any other applicable federal,
state or local law, rule or regulation dealing with environmental protection. It
is understood and agreed that the provisions  contained in this Article shall be
applicable notwithstanding the fact that any substance shall not be deemed to be
a Hazardous  Substance at the time of its use by the Tenant but shall thereafter
be deemed to be a hazardous substance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may
store  hazardous  Substances  used  in  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business
operations in the Demised  Premises,  provided:  (i) such  hazardous  Substances
shall be  stored  in  containers  having  not  greater  than a five  (5)  gallon
capacity;  (ii) at no time shall such hazardous  Substances  exceed  twenty-five
(25)  gallons  in the  aggregate,  at any one  tine;  and (iii)  such  Hazardous
Substances  shall be  stored  and  disposed  of in the  manner  required  by all
applicable laws, rules, ordinances, regulations and codes.

<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE X

     In the event  Tenant fails to comply with ISRA as stated in this Section or
any other  governmental  law as of the  termination or sooner  expiration of the
Lease and as a  consequence  thereof  Landlord  is  unable  to rent the  Demised
Premises,  then the Landlord  shall treat the Tenant as one who has riot removed
at the end of its Term,  and  thereupon be entitled to all remedies  against the
Tenant provided by law in that situation including a monthly basic rental of two
hundred  (200%) percent of the Monthly Basic Rent for the last month of the Term
or any renewal term,  payable iii advance on the first day of each month,  until
such  time  as  Tenant  provides   Landlord  with  a  negative   declaration  or
confirmation that any required clean up plan has been successfully completed

     Tenant  agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Landlord  and each
mortgagee  of the Demised  Premises  from and  against any and all  liabilities,
damages,  claims,  losses,  judgments,  causes  of  action  costs  and  expenses
(including  the  reasonable  fees and expenses of counsel) which may be incurred
the Landlord or any such  mortgagee or  threatened  against the Landlord or such
mortgagee,  relating  to  or  arising  out  of  any  breach  by  Tenant  of  the
undertakings  set forth in this  Article,  said  indemnity  to survive the Lease
expiration or sooner termination



                                  ARTICLE XIII

                             Subordination/Estoppels

     Section 13.01.  This Lease and any option  contained herein is and shall be
subject and subordinate to all present and future first mortgages or first deeds
of trust affecting the Demised Premises. The Tenant shall execute any instrument
which may be deemed  necessary or..  desirable by the Landlord to further effect
or to evidence  the  subordination  of this Lease to any such first  mortgage or
first  deed of trust.  The  Landlord  may  assign  this  Lease to any such first
mortgagee or first trust deed holder in  connection  with any such lien superior
to this  Lease,  and the  Tenant  shall  execute  any  instrument  which  may be
necessary or desirable by the Landlord or the holder of said lien in  connection
with said assignment. Any expense incurred in the preparing or recording of such
assignment or  subordination to any such holder shall be without expense or cost
to the Tenant.

     Section  13.02.  The  Tenant  further  agrees,  within  ten  (10)  days  of
Landlord's  written request,  to certify by written instrument duly executed and
acknowledged to any first  mortgagee,  first trust deed holder or purchaser,  or
any proposed first mortgage lender,  first trust deed holder or purchaser,  that
this Lease is in full force and effect,  or if not,  in what  respect it is not,
that  this  Lease  has not been  modified,  or the  extent  to which it has been
modified,  that  there are no  existing  defaults  hereunder  to the best of the
knowledge of the party so certifying,  or specifying  the defaults,  if any, and
any  other  information  which  Landlord  shall  reasonably  require.  Any  such
certification shall be without prejudice as between the Landlord and the Tenant,
it being agreed that any document  required  hereunder  shall not be used in any
litigation between the Landlord and the Tenant


                                   ARTICLE XIV

                               Defaults, Remedies
<PAGE>


     Section  14.01.  If, during the Term, any one or more of the following acts
or occurrences (any one of such occurrences or acts being hereinafter  called an
Event of Default) shall happen:

     (A) The Tenant  shall  default in making any  payment of Term Basic Rent or
any Additional Rent as and when the same shall become due and payable,  and such
default  shall  continue  for a period of ten (10) days  after  notice  from the
Landlord that such payment is due and unpaid; or

     (B) The Tenant shall default in the  performance or if compliance  with any
of the other  covenants,  agreements,  terms or  conditions  of this Lease to be
performed by the Tenant  (other than any default  curable by payment of money) ,
and such default  shall  continue for a period of twenty (20) days after written
notice  thereof  from the  Landlord to the Tenant,  or, in the case of a default
which cannot with due  diligence be cured  within  twenty (20) days,  the Tenant
shall fail to proceed promptly (except for unavoidable  delays) after the giving
of such notice and with all due diligence to cure such default and thereafter to
prosecute the curing hereof with all due diligence (it being  ii~tended  that as
to a default not  susceptible  of being cured with due  diligence  within twenty
(20) days, the time within which such default may be cured shall be extended for
such period as may be  reasonably  necessary to permit the same to be cured with
all due diligence) ; or

     (C) Tue  Tenant or any  guarantor  of this  Lease  shall  tile a  voluntary
petition in bankruptcy or shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or shall
file  any   petition  or  answer   seeking  any   reorganization,   composition,
readjustment  or similar relief under any present or future  bankruptcy or other
applicable  law, or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the  appointment of
any trustee,  receiver,  or  liquidator  of the Tenant or any  guarantor of this
Lease or of all or any substantial  part of its properties or of all or any part
of the Demised Premises; or

     (D) If within sixty (60) days after the filing of an  involuntary  petition
in  bankruptcy  against  the  Tenant  or any  guarantor  of This  Lease,  or the
commencement of any proceeding against the Tenant or such guarantor- seeking any
reorganization,  composition, readjustment or similar relief under any law, such
proceeding  shall not have been  dismissed,  or if, within sixty (60) days after
the  appointment,  without  the  consent or  acquiescence  of the Tenant or such
guarantor,  of any  trustee,  receiver  or  liquidator  of the  Tenant  or  such
guarantor, or of all or any part of the Demised Premises, such appointment shall
not have been vacated or stayed on appeal or  otherwise,  or if,  within  .sixty
(60) days after the  expiration of any such stay,  such  appointment  shall have
been vacated, or if, within sixty (60) days after the taking possession, without
the consent or acquiescence of the Tenant or such guarantor,  of the property of
the Tenant, or of such guarantor by any governmental office or
<PAGE>
     agency  pursuant to statutory  authority for the dissolution or liquidation
of the Tenant or such  guarantor,  such  taking  shall not have been  vacated or
stayed on appeal or otherwise; or

     (E)If the Demised Premises shall be abandoned by the Tenant for a period of
thirty (30)  consecutive  days,  then,  and ii) any such  event,  and during the
continuance  thereof,  the Landlord may, at its option, then or thereafter while
any such~ Event of Default shall continue and  notwithstanding the fact that the
Landlord may have any other remedy  hereunder or at law or in equity,  by notice
to the Tenant, designate a date, not less than ten (10) days after the giving of
such notice,  on which this Lease shall terminate;  and thereupon,  on such date
the Term of this Lease and the estate hereby  granted shall expire and terminate
upon the date specified in such~notice  with the same force and effect as if the
date specified in such notice was the date hereinbefore fixed for the expiration
of the Term of this Lease,  and all rights of the Tenant  hereunder shall expire
and  terminate,  but the Tenant shall  remain  liable as  hereinafter  provided.
Additionally,  Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, all attorney's fees and
other  expenses  incurred by the  Landlord in enforcing  any of the  obligations
under this Lease, this covenant to survive the expiration or sooner  termination
of this Lease.

     Section 14.02. If this Lease is terminated as provided in Section 14.01, or
as permitted by law, the Tenant shall  peaceably  quit and surrender the Demised
Premises to the Landlord,  and the Landlord may,  without further notice,  enter
upon,  re-enter,  possess  and  repossess.  the  same  by  summary  proceedings,
ejectment or other legal  proceedings,  and again have,  repossess and enjoy the
same as if this  Lease had not been  made,  and in any such  event  neither  the
Tenant nor any person  claiming  tI~rougki  or under the Tenant by virtue of any
law or an order of any court  shall be entitled  to  possession  or to remain in
possession  of the Demised  Premises,  and the  Landlord,  at its option,  shall
forthwith,  notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Lease,  be entitled to
recover  from the Tenant (in lieu of all other  claims for damages on account of
such termination) as and for liquidated damages an amount equal to the excess of
all Term Basic Rent and  Additional  Rent  reserved  hereunder for the unexpired
portion of the Term of this Lease discounted at the rate of six (6%) percent per
annum to the then  present  worth,  over the fair  rental  value of the  Demised
Premises  at the time of  termination  for such  unexpired  portion of the Term.
Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of the Landlord,  in
any  bankruptcy or  reorganization  or insolvency  proceeding,  to prove for and
obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination for such amount equal
to the  maximum  allowed  by any  bankruptcy  or  reorganization  or  insolvency
proceedings,  or to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such
termination,  an amount  equal to the maximum  allowed by any statute or rule of
law  whether  such amount  shall be greater or less than the excess  referred to
above.

     Section  14.03.  If the Landlord  re-enters  and obtains  possession of the
Demised Premises, as provided in Section 14.02 of this Lease, fol~owing an Event
of Default,  the Landlord  shall have the right,  without  notice,  to repair or
alter the Demised  Premises in such manner as the Landlord may deem necessary or
advisable  so as to put the Demised  Premises in good order and to make the same
rentable,  and shall  have the right,  at the  Landlord's  option,  to relet the
Demised Premises or a part thereof,  and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on
demand all reasonable expenses incurred by the Landlord in obtaining possession,
and in altering, repairing and putting the Demised


     Premises in good order and condition  and in reletting the same,  including
reasonable fees of attorneys and architects,  and all other reasonable  expenses
or  commissions,  and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord upon (he rent payment
dates  following  the  dare of such  re-entry  and  including  the  date for the
expiration  of the  Term of this  Lease  in  effect  immediately  prior  to such
re-entry,  The sums of money which would have been payable by the Tenant as Term
Basic Rent and  Additional  Rent  hereunder  on such rent  payment  dates if the
Landlord had not  re-entered  and resumed  possession  of the Demised  Premises,
deducting  only the net amount of Term Basic Rent and  Additional  Rent, if any,
which the  Landlord  shall  actually  receive  (after  deducting  from the gross
receipts the  expenses,  costs and payments of the Landlord  which in accordance
with rite  terms of this  Lease  would  have been  borne by the  Tenant)  in the
meantime from and by any reletting of the Demised Premises, and the Tenant shall
remain  liable for all sums  otherwise  payable by the Tenant  under this Lease,
including but not limited to the expense of the Landlord  aforesaid,  as well as
for any deficiency aforesaid, and the Landlord shall have the right from time to
time to begin and maintain



<PAGE>
     successive  actions or other legal  proceedings  against the Tenant for the
recovery of such deficiency,  expenses or damages or for a sum equal to any Term
Basic Rent payment and Additional Rent. As an alternative  remedy,  the Landlord
shall be entitled to damages against the Tenant for breach of this lease, at any
time  (whether or not the Landlord  shall have become  entitled to or shall have
received any damages as  herinabove)  Provided) in an amount equal to the excess
if any, of the Term Basic Rent and Additional  Rent which would be payable under
this Lease at the date of the expiration of the Terri,  less (lie amount of Term
Basic Rent and Additional Rent received by the Landlord upon any reletting, both
discounted  to present  worth at the rate of six (6%)  percent  per  annum.  The
obligation  and  liability  of the  Tenant  to pay the Term  Basic  Rent and the
Additional Rent shall survive the  commencement,  prosecution and termination of
any  action  to secure  possession  of rite  Demised  Premises.  Nothing  herein
contained  shall be deemed to require the  Landlord to wait to begin such action
or other legal proceedings until the date when this Lease would have expired had
there not been an Event of Default.

     Section  14.04.  The Tenant  hereby waives all right of redemption to which
the Tenant or any person under it may be entitled by any law now or hereafter in
force.  In addition,  in the event of an Event of Default  which  results in the
Landlord recovering possession of the Demised Premises,  Landlord shall be under
no duty to mitigate  Tenant's  damages as provided  for in this Article XIV. The
Landlord's remedies hereunder are in addition to any remedy allowed by law

     Section 14.05. In the event of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of
any of the agreements,  terms,  covenants or conditions contained in this Lease,
Landlord shall be entitled to enjoin such breach or threatened  breach and shall
have the right to invoke arty right or remedy  allowed at law or in equity or by
statute or otherwise as though re-entry,  summary dispossess  proceedings,  arid
other  remedies were not provided for in this Lease.  During the pendency of any
proceedings  brought by  Landlord  to recover  possession  by reason of default,
Tenant shall  continue all money payments  required to be made to Landlord,  and
Landlord may accept such payments for use and occupancy of the Demised Premises.
In such event, Tenant waives its right in such proceedings to claim as a defense
that the  receipt of such money  payments by  Landlord  constitutes  a waiver by
Landlord of such default.

     Section  14.06.  If Tenant  fails,  on three (3) separate  occasions in any
twelve (12) month period during the Term hereof,  to make payment of the Monthly
Basic Rent  and/or any  Additional  Rent and/or late charge on or before the due
date,  then,  whether or not Tenant  ultimately  takes and Landlord  accepts the
required




<PAGE>
     payment after the due date, such failure shall entitle Landlord, upon or at
any time  after such  third  (3rd)  separate  occasion,  to pursue the  remedies
provided in this Article,  said circumstances being hereby declared a default no
longer susceptible of being cured or removed by Tenant.


                                   ARTICLE XV

                                   Subletting

     Section  15.01.  (A) The  Tenant  may  sublet  the whole or any part of the
Demised Premises subject to the following:

     (B)In the event that the Tenant  desires to sublease  the whole or any part
of the Demised  Premises to any other  party,  then Tenant  shall first offer to
terminate  the Lease and surrender  the Demised  Premises to the Landlord,  by a
written  offer to  Landlord to  terminate  the Lease and  surrender  the Demised
Premises, on a specified date which shall be not less than ninety (90) days from
the date of the giving of such  notice nor more than one  hundred  twenty  (120)
days after  such  date.  Landlord  shall  give  written  notice to Tenant of its
acceptance or rejection of such offer,  within sixty (60) days of the receipt of
such written offer from the Tenant, and if the Landlord accepts said offer, this
Lease shall  terminate on the date set forth in the aforesaid  offer to Landlord
to terminate the Lease and the Tenant shall  surrender  the Demised  Premises to
the Landlord on said  specified  date, and each party shall be released from all
obligations  under the Lease  except  those which have  accrued or shall  accrue
prior to the date of termination and surrender. In the event of such termination
of the  Lease,  rent  and  other  charges  due  and  owing  hereunder  shall  be
apportioned as of the date of such termination and any part of the Lease deposit
made under this Lease  which shall not have been  returned or applied  under the
terms  thereof,  or which may not be  required  to bring  about  performance  of
Tenant's  obligations  under the terms of this  Lease,  shall be returned to the
Tenant.

     (C)If Landlord  rejects  Tenant's offer of  termination  and surrender,  or
fails to give notice of its intention to accept or reject same, within the sixty
(60) day period provided for above,  Tenant shall have the right to underlet the
whole or any part of the Demised  Premises for a use  permitted  hereunder,  but
only with the written  consent of the Landlord  first had and  obtained,  on the
basis of the following terms and conditions

     (1)A copy of the sublease  shall be  furnished to the Landlord  which shall
provide that said sublease assumes all of the obligations of this Lease.

     (2)The Tenant shall be and remain  liable for the  observance of all of the
covenants and provisions of this Lease, including but not limited to the payment
of the Term Basic Rent reserved  herein,  through the entire Term of this Lease,
as the same may be renewed, extended or otherwise modified


     (3) The Tenant  shall  promptly pay to the  Landlord  one-half  (1A) of the
rent,  as and when  received,  in  excess  of the rent  (Basic  and  Additional)
required to be paid by the Tenant for the area sublet,  computed on the basis of
an average square foot rent for the entire demised Building.

<PAGE>

     (D)In any event, the acceptance by the Landlord of any rent from any of the
subtenants,  or the failure of the Landlord to insist upon a strict  performance
of any of the terms,  conditions  and  covenants  herein  shall not  release the
Tenant  herein  from any and all of the  obligations  herein  during and for the
entire Term of this Lease

     (E)The  Landlord shall require a Five Hundred and 00/100  ($500.00)  Dollar
payment to cover its handling charges for each request for consent to any sublet
prior to its  consideration of the same. The Tenant  acknowledges  that its sole
remedy with respect to any assertion that the  Landlord's  failure to consent to
any sublet is unreasonable shall be the remedy of specific performance,  and the
Tenant  shall have no other claim or cause of action  against the  Landlord as a
result of the Landlord's actions in refusing to consent thereto.

     (F)In  the  event  that  any or all of  Tenant's  interest  in the  Demised
Premises  and/or this Lease is  transferred  by operation of law to any trustee,
receiver,  or other  representative or agent of Tenant, or to Tenant as a debtor
in possession,  and subsequently any or all of Tenant's  interest in the Demised
Premises and/or this Lease is offered or to be offered by Tenant or any trustee,
receiver,  or other  representative  or  agent of  Tenant  as to its  estate  or
property  (such  person,  firm or entity  being  hereinafter  referred to as the
"Grantor"), for assignment, conveyance, lease, or other disposition to a person,
firm or entity other than Landlord  (each such  transaction)  being  hereinafter
referred to as a "Disposition"), it is agreed that Landlord has and shall have a
right of first refusal to purchase,  take, or otherwise  acquire,  the same upon
the same terms and  conditions  as the Grantor  thereof  shall  accept upon such
Disposition  to  such  other  person,  firm,  or  entity;  and as to  each  such
Disposition  the Grantor  shall give  written  notice to Landlord in  reasonable
detail of all of the terms and conditions of such Disposition within twenty (20)
days next following its  determination to accept the same but prior to accepting
the same, and Grantor shall not make the  Disposition  until and unless Landlord
has  failed  or  refused  to  accept  such  right  of  first  refusal  as to the
Disposition, as set forth herein.



     Landlord  shall  have  sixty (60) days next  following  its  receipt of the
written notice as to such Disposition in which to exercise the option to acquire
Tenant's  interest  by such  Disposition,  and the  exercise  of the  option  by
Landlord  shall be effected by notice to that  effect sent to the  Grantor;  but
nothing herein shall require Landlord to accept a particular  Disposition or any
Disposition,  nor does the  rejection  of any oi~e such  offer of first  refusal
constitute a waiver or release of the  obligation of the Grantor to submit other
offers  hereunder to Landlord In the event Landlord  accepts such offer of first
refusal,  the  transaction  shall  be  consummated  pursuant  to the  terms  aud
conditions of the Disposition  described in the notice to Landlord. In the event
Landlord  rejects  such  offer of first  refusal,  Grantor  may  consummate  the
Disposition with such other person,  firm, or entity;  but any decrease in price
of more than two (2%) percent of the price sought from Landlord or any change in
the terms of payment for such  Disposition  shall  constitute a new  transaction
requiring a further option of first refusal to be given to Landlord hereunder.

     (G)Without  limiting any of the  provisions  of Article XIV, if pursuant to
the Federal  Bankruptcy  Code (or any similar law hereafter  enacted  having the
same general purpose), Tenant is permitted to assign this Lease, notwithstanding
the  restrictions  contained  iii  this  Lease,  adequate  assurance  of  future
performance by an assignee  expressly  permitted under such Code shall be deemed
to mean the deposit of cash  security  in an amount  equal to the sum of one (1)
year's Annual Basic Rent and

<PAGE>
     Additional  Rent  for  the  next  succeeding   twelve  (12)  months  (which
Additional Rent shall be reasonably estimated by Landlord) , which deposit shall
be held by Landlord for the balance of the Term,  without interest,  as security
for the full performance of all of Tenant's  obligations under this Lease, to be
held and applied in the manner specified for security in Section 22.02.

     (H)Without  limiting any of the  provisions  of Article XIV, if pursuant to
the Federal  Bankruptcy  Code (or any similar law hereafter  enacted  having the
same general purpose) * Tenant is permitted to assign this Lease, the Tenant aud
any assignee shall promptly pay to Landlord  one-halt (1/2) of any consideration
received for any assignment.

     (I)Except  as  specifically  set forth  above,  no portion  of the  Demised
Premises  or of  Tenant's  interest  in this Lease may be  acquired by any other
person or entity, whether by assignment, mortgage, sublease, transfer, operation
of law or act of the Tenant,  nor shall Tenant pledge its interest in this Lease
or in any security deposit required hereunder.

     (J)If  Tenant is a  corporation  other than a  corporation  whose  stock is
listed and traded on a nationally  recognized stock exchange,  the provisions of
this  subsection  15.01(J)  shall  apply to a  transfer  (however  accomplished,
whether  in a  single  transaction  or  in a  series  of  related  or  unrelated
transactions)  of stock (or any other mechanism such as, by way of example,  the
issuance of additional stock, a stock voting agreement or change in class(es) of
stock]  which  results in a change of control of Tenant as if such  transfer  of
stock (or other  mechanism)  which results in a change of control of Tenant were
an assignment of this Lease,  and if Tenant is a partnership  or joint  venture,
said  provisions  shall  apply  with  respect  to a  transfer  (by  one or  more
transfers)  of an  interest in the  distributions  of profits and losses of such
partnership  or joint venture (or other  mechanism,  such as, by way of example,
the creation of additional general partnership or limited partnership interests)
which results in a change of control of such a  partnership  or joint venture as
if such  transfer of an interest in the  distributions  of profits and losses of
such  partnership  or joint venture which results in a change of control of such
partnership  or  joint  venture  were an  assignment  of this  Lease;  but  said
provisions shall not apply to transactions with a corporation into or with which
Tenant  is  merged  or  consolidated  or to which  all or  substantially  all of
Tenant's  assets are  transferred  or to any  corporation  which  controls or is
controlled  by Tenant or is under common  control with Tenant,  provided that in
the event of such merger,  consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all
of Tenant's  assets,  (i) the  successor  to Tenant has a net worth  computed in
accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles at least equal to the
greater  of (a) the net  worth  of  Tenant  immediately  prior  to such  merger,
consolidation  or  transfer or (b) the net worth of Tenant  herein  named on the
date of this Lease,  and (ii) proof  satisfactory  to Landlord of such net worth
shall  have been  delivered  to  Landlord  at least  ten (10) days  prior to the
effective date of any such transaction.


                                   ARTICLE XVI

                                     Notices

     Section 16.01.  All notices,  demands,  consents,  approvals,  requests and
instruments  or documents by this Lease  required or permitted to be given to or
served upon the  Landlord or the Tenant  shall be in writing.  Any such  notice,
demand, consent, approval, request, instrument or document shall be sufficiently
given  or  served  only if  delivered  personally  or if  sent  by a  recognized
overnight courier service, or if sent by

<PAGE>
     certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed at the address set
forth  below,  or at such other  address  as it shall  designate  by notice,  as
follows

If to Landlord:
Bonanno Real Estate
Group III, L.P.

with copy to:
c/o Tryon Management
107 West Tryon Avenue
Teaneck, NJ  07666

Dollinger & Dollinger, P.A.
365 West Passaic Street
Rochelle Park, NJ  07662

If to Tenant:
Imaging Dynamics Inc.
53 West Century Road
Paramus, NJ  07642

with copy to:
Roger L. Fidler, Esq. 
163 South Street Hackensack, NJ 07601

     Any  notice  so sent  shall be  deemed  given or  served  upon  receipt  or
rejection thereof.


                                  ARTICLE XVII

                                  Holding Over

     Section 17.01. If the Tenant shall remain in the Demised Premises after the
expiration  of the Term without  having  executed and delivered a new lease with
the Landlord,  such holding over shall not  constitute a renewal or extension of
this Lease.  The Landlord  may, at its option,  elect to treat the Tenant as one
who has not removed at the end of its Term, and thereupon be entitled to all the
remedies  against the Tenant provided by law in that situation,  or the Landlord
may elect, at its option,  to construe such holding over as a tenancy from month
to month,  subject to all the terms and  conditions of this Lease,  except as to
duration thereof, and in that event the Tenant shall pay installments of Monthly
Basic Rent as provided  for pursuant to N.J.S.A.  2A:42-6,  but in no event less
than the rate provided herein for the last month of the Term.


                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                                      Liens

<PAGE>
     Section  18.01.  This  Lease  may  be  cancelled  by  the  Landlord  if any
mechanic's  lien  is  filed  against  the  Demised   Premises  as  a  result  of
alterations,  additions or improvements made by the Tenant and not discharged by
payment or bonding  with~in thirty (30) days after notice by the Landlord to the
Tenant. In addition,  after thirty (30) days' written notice to the Tenant,  the
Landlord, at its option, may pay and discharge such lien, without inquiring into
the validity thereof, and the Tenant shall, on demand of the Landlord, reimburse
the Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder for the total expense  incurred by the
Landlord in discharging such lien


                                   ARTICLE XIX

                    Condition of Demised Premises, Loss, Etc.

     Section  19.01.  After the  commencement  of the  Tenant's  occupancy,  the
Landlord  shall  not be  responsible  for the loss of, or  damage  to,  Tenant's
property  or that  under  its  care,  custody  or  control,  or injury to Tenant
occurring in or about the Demised

     Premises, or for any business interruption loss, for any reason whatsoever,
to include but not be limited  to: any  existing  or future  condition,  defect,
matter or thing in the Demised  Premises;  the acts,  omissions or negligence of
other  persons or tenants in and about the Demised  Premises;  theft or burglary
from the Demised Premises; the negligence of Landlord,  its agents,  servants or
invitees; and defects,  errors or omissions in the construction or design of the
Demised Premises and/or the Building  including the structural and nonstructural
portions  thereof.  Tenant  covenants  and  agrees to make no claim for any such
loss, damage or injury at any time.


                                   ARTICLE XX

                     Inspection, For Sale and For Rent Signs

     Section 20.01. The Landlord,  or its agents,  shall have the right to enter
the Demised  Premises at reasonable hours to examine the same, or to exhibit the
Demised  Premises  to  prospective  purchasers  and to place  upon  the  Demised
Premises a suitable "For Sale" sign,  which sign must be approved by the Tenant,
which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld. For twelve (12) months prior
to the  expiration of the Term,  the Landlord,  or its agents,  'nay exhibit the
Demised Premises to prospective  tei~ants and may place the usual "To Let" signs
therein

                                   ARTICLE XXI

                                      Signs

     Section  21.01.  No sign,  advertisement  or notice  shall be affixed to or
placed  upon any part of the  Demised  Premises  by the  Tenant,  except in such
manner,  and of such size,  design and color as shall be  approved in advance in
writing by the  Landlord,  which  approval the Landlord  shall not  unreasonably
withhold,  provided;  (i) that Tenant  comply with all  applicable  governmental
ordinances and  regulations  and receives all necessary  governmental  approvals
required  for erection  and  maintenance  of the sign and (ii) no later than the
last day of the Term,  Tenant shall,  at Tenant's  expense,  remove the sign and
repair all injury done by or in connection  with the  installation or removal of
the sign. 
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE XXII

                     Advance Rent, Security and Late Charge

     Section 22.01.  simultaneously  herewith, the Tenant has deposited with the
Landlord the sum of Five Thousand One Hundred  Thirty-six and 60/100 ($5,136.60)
Dollars in advance for Monthly for the first month of the Term

     Section 22.02.  The Tenant has this day deposited with the Landlord the sum
of  Fifteen  Thousand  Four  Hundred  Nine  and  80/100   ($15,409.80)   Dollars
(hereinafter   "Security  Deposit")  as  security  for  the  full  and  faithful
performance by Tenant of all of the terms and conditions  upon the Tenant's part
to be  performed,  which said sum shall be returned to the Tenant after the time
fixed as the  expiration  of the Term herein,  provided the Tenant has fully and
faithfully  carried  out  all of the  terms,  covenants  and  conditions  on tue
Tenant's  part to be  performed.  In the  event  the  Landlord  uses any of said
Security   Deposit  to  cure  Tenant's   default(s)  or  meet  any  of  Tenant's
obligations,  Tenant covenants to upon demand replace the amount so utilized. In
the event of a bona fide sale,  subject to this Lease,  the Landlord  shall have
the right to transfer the Security Deposit to the vendee, and the Landlord shall
be  considered  released by the Tenant from all liability for the return of such
Security

     Deposit;  and the Tenant  agrees to look solely to the new landlord for the
return of the said Security  Deposit,  and it is agreed that this shall apply to
every transfer or assignment made of the Security Deposit to a new landlord. The
security deposited under this shall not be mortgaged1  assigned or encumbered by
the Tenant without the written consent of the Landlord.

     At all Limes  during  the Term or any  extension  or renewal  thereof,  the
Security  Deposit shall equal the sum of three (3) installments of Monthly Basic
Rent.  As and when the Monthly Basic Rent  increases,  Tenant shall deposit with
Landlord  the  difference  between the then  existing  Security  Deposit and the
aforementioned  sum (hereinafter  "Additional  Security") . Failure of Tenant to
deposit Additional Security within ten (10) days after Landlord's written demand
sI~all constitute a material breach of this Lease by Tenant.

     Section 22.03.  In the event of the insolvency of Tenant or in the event of
the entry of a judgment in bankruptcy  in any court against  Tenant which is not
discharged  within  thirty (30) days after entry,  or in the event a petition is
filed by or against Tenant under any chapter of the bankruptcy laws of the State
of New Jersey or the united States of America,  then and in such event  Landlord
may require the Tenant to deposit Additional Security in the amount specified in
Subsection  15.01(H) to adequately  assure  Tenant's  performance  of all of its
obligations  under this Lease,  including  all payments  subsequently  accruing.
Failure of Tenant to deposit the security  required by this  Section  within ten
(10) days after Landlord's  written demand shall constitute a material breach of
this Lease by Tenant.

     Section 22.04. Anything in this Lease to the contrary  notwithstanding,  at
Landlord's option, Tenant shall pay a "Late Charge" of seven (7%) percent of any
installment  of Monthly  Basic Rent or  Additional  Rent paid more than five (5)
days after the due date thereof, to cover the extra expense involved in handling
delinquent  payments.  Tenant  shall not be charged a Late charge the first time
Tenant is late during each twelve (12) month period  during the Term  commencing
on the Commencement Date until Tenant, as to such time in each twelve (12) month
period,  is  given  five  (5)  days'  notice  and an  opportunity  to cure  said
nonpayment  within said notice period and fails to cure said nonpayment  witkiin
said time


                                  ARTICLE XXIII

                              Financial Statements

     Section 23.01. The Tenant agrees,  within ninety (90) days after the end of
the Tenant's accounting year, at the request of the Landlord,  or at the request
of the holder of any first mortgage upon the Demised Premises, to furnish to the
Landlord or mortgagee,  a certified  balance sheet and profit and loss statement
for the last accounting year.
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE XXIV

                                     Broker

     Section  24.01.  The Tenant  represents  and warrants to the Landlord  that
Tryon  Management  Corporation  is  the  sole  broker  which  advised  it of the
availability  of the Demised  Premises  for leasing and is the sole broker which
introduced it to the Landlord,  and the Landlord  shall pay the  commission,  if
any,  which may be due to said broker.  The Tenant  agrees to indemnify and hold
Landlord  harmless  from any and all claims of other  brokers  and  expenses  in
connection  therewith arising out of or in connection with the negotiation of or
the entering into this Lease by Landlord and Tenant.


                                   ARTICLE XXV

                        Short Form or Memorandum of Lease

     Section  25.01.  At the request of either party the Landlord and the Tenant
will  execute and  deliver,  in duplicate  original  counterparts,  a recordable
memorandum  of this Lease  identifying  the  Demised  Premises  and  stating the
commencement and termination dates of the Term of this Lease


                                  ARTICLE XXVI

                Waiver of Jury Trial~Non-Mandatory Counterclaims

     Section 26.01. If Landlord commences any summary I proceedings or an action
for nonpayment of Term Basic Rent or Additional Rent, Tenant shall not interpose
any  non-mandatory  counterclaim  of any  nature  or  description  in  any  such
proceedings or action.  Tenant and Landlord both waive a trial by jury of any or
all issues  arising in any action or  proceeding  between the parties  hereto or
their successors under or connected with this Lease or any of its provisions

                                  ARTICLE XXVII

                               Waiver of Distraint

     Section 27.01. Landlord waives all lien, right, interest and claim it might
otherwise have in and waives its right of distraint of, the machinery,  fixtures
and other  property  of the  Tenant,  and in any other  property  of any  nature
whether on or off the Demised Premises,  belonging to the Tenant. The provisions
of this Section are intended to apply to the Landlord's  common law (if any) and
statutory  right of  distraint  because  of  failure  to pay Term  Basic Rent or
Additional Rent.


                                 ARTICLE XXVIII

                                 Retained Rights

     Section  28.01.  Landlord  hereby  reserves to itself,  its  successors and
assigns the full use of the roof and the right to grant, construct, maintain and
use  ingress  and  egress  easements,  railroad  easements,  utility  easements,
drainage  easements,  across,  through,  over and  under the  Demised  Premises,
Building and Real  Property or to or from other lands and other  portions of the
Real  Property  now owned or in the  future  acquired  by the  Landlord,  and to
construct and install pipes and other equipment necessitated thereby,  provided,
however,  that the same be at the cost of the Landlord and does not unreasonably
interfere with the use of or access to the Demised Premises by the Tenant.

<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE XXIX

                                  Miscellaneous

     Section 29.01.  Partial Invalidity.  If any term or provision of this Lease
or the application  thereof to any party I or circumstances  shall to any extent
be invalid or  unenforceable,  the remainder of this Lease or the application of
such term or provision to parties or circumstances  other than those to which it
is held invalid or unenforceable,  shall not be affected thereby,  and each term
and  provision of this Lease shall be valid and  enforced to the fullest  extent
permitted by law.

     Section  29.02.  Waivers.  One or  more  waivers  by  either  party  of the
obligation  of the other to  perform  any  covenant  or  condition  shall not be
construed as a waiver of a subsequent  breach of the same or any other  covenant
or condition.

     The receipt of Monthly Basic Rent and Additional Rent by the Landlord, with
knowledge  of any breach of this  Lease by the  Tenant or of any  default on the
part of the Tenant in the  observance or performance of any of the conditions or
covenants of this Lease,  shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any provision of
this Lease.  Neither  acceptance  of the keys nor any other act or thing done by
the Landlord or any agent or employee  during the Term herein  demised  shall be
deemed to be an  acceptance of a surrender of said Demised  Premises,  excepting
only an  agreement in writing  signed by the  Landlord  accepting or agreeing to
accept such a surrender.

     Section 29.03. Number, Gender. Wherever herein the singular number is used,
the same shall include the plural,  and the  masculine  gender shall include the
feminine and neuter genders.

     Section 29.04.  Successors,  Assigns.  The terms,  covenants and conditions
herein  contained  shall  be  binding  upon  and  inure  to the  benefit  of the
respective parties and their successors and assigns.

     Section  29.05.  Headings.  The Article and  marginal  headings  herein are
intended for convenience in finding the subject matters,  are not to be taken as
part of this  Lease  and are not to be used in  determining  the  intent  of the
parties to this Lease.

     Section 29.06.  Entire Agreement.  This instrument  contains the entire and
only agreement between the parties and no oral statements or  representations or
prior written  matter not contained in this  instrument  shall have any force or
effect.  This Lease shall not be modified in any way or  terminated  except by a
writing executed by both parties.

     Section 29.07.  Landlord.  The term  "Landlord" as used in this Lease means
only the holder, for the time being, of the Landlord's interest under this Lease
so that in the  event  of any  transfer  of title to the  Demised  Premises  the
Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely  freed and relieved of all  obligations
of the Landlord hereunder  accruing after such transfer,  and it shall be deemed
without further agreement  between the parties that such grantee,  transferee or
assignee  has assumed and agreed to observe and perform all  obligations  of the
Landlord  hereunder arising during the period it is the holder of the Landlord's
interest hereunder.

     Section  29.06.  Words  of  Duty.  Whenever  in this  Lease  any  words  of
obligation or duty are used, such words or expressions shall have the same force
and effect as though made in the form of covenants

     Section 29.09.  Cumulative  Remedies.  The specified  remedies to which the
Landlord or the Tenant may resort  under the terms of this Lease are  cumulative
and are not intended to be  exclusive of any other  remedies or means of redress
to which the  Landlord  or the Tenant may  lawfully  be  entitled in case of any
breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Lease.

     Section  29.10.  No option.  The  submission  of this Lease  Agreement  for
examination  does not  constitute a  reservation  of, or option for, the Demised
Premises, and this Lease Agreement

<PAGE>
     becomes  effective as a Lease  Agreement  only upon  execution and delivery
thereof by Landlord and Tenant.

     Section 29.11. Accord and Satisfaction.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by
Landlord of a lesser amount than the Monthly Basic Rent and  additional  charges
payable  hereunder  shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account of the
earliest  stipulated  Monthly  Basic  Rent and  Additional  Rent,  nor shall any
endorsement  or statement on any check or any letter  accompanying  any check or
payment for Basic Rent or Additional Rent be deemed an accord and  satisfaction,
and Landlord may accept such check or payment  without  prejudice to  Landlord's
right to recover  the balance of such Basic Rent and  Additional  Rent or pursue
any other remedy provided herein or by law.

     Section 29.12.  Corporate  Authority.  If Tenant is a  corporation,  Tenant
represents and warrants that this Lease and the undersigned's  execution of this
Lease  has been duly  authorized  and  approved  by the  corporation's  Board of
Directors.  The  undersigned  officers and  representatives  of the  corporation
executing  this Lease on behalf of the  corporation  represent  and warrant that
they are  officers of the  corporation  with  authority to execute this Lease on
behalf of the  corporation,  and within  fifteen (15) days of execution  hereof,
Tenant  will  provide  Landlord  with  a  corporate  resolution  confirming  the
aforesaid.

     Section  29.13.  Lease  Commencement.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained
herein  to the  contrary,  if  Landlord,  for any  reason  whatsoever  including
Landlord's  negligence,  cannot  deliver  possession of the Demised  Premises to
Tenant at the commencement of the agreed Term as set forth in Section 2.01, this
Lease shall not be void or voidable,  nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for
any loss or damage resulting therefrom, but in that event, the Term shall be for
the full Term as specified  above to commence  from and after the date  Landlord
shall have  delivered  possession  of the Demised  Premises  to Tenant,  and, if
requested by Landlord,  Landlord and Tenant  shall,  by a writing  signed by the
parties,  ratify and confirm said commencement and termination  dates.  Landlord
and  Tenant  acknowledge  and agree  that  Tenant's  obligations  hereunder  are
conditioned upon Tenant obtaining a Certificate of Occupancy  permitting its use
of the  Demised  Premises  for the  purpose  set forth in the first  sentence of
Section 5.01 (the "Use CO), as opposed to a Certificate of Occupancy that may be
required upon completion of any tenant improvements.  Tenant shall have a period
of thirty  (30) days from the date of this  Lease to  procure  the Use CO.  Upon
execution of this Lease,  Tenant shall  promptly file for and thereafter in good
faith  diligently  prosecute an application for the Use CO. In the event that on
or before said thirtieth  (30th)day following the date of t)~is Lease Tenant has
not  obtained the Use CO, then either party may cancel this Lease upon notice to
the other  given on or after  said  thirtieth  (30th)  day,  in which  event all
advance  rent and  security  paid by Tenant  shall be  returned  and the parties
released herefrom.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to permit Tenant
to enter the Demised  Premises  and  perform any work prior to the  Commencement
Date

     Section 29.14.  Real Estate Taxes. As used in this Lease, Real Estate Taxes
shall mean the property  taxes and  assessments  imposed upon the Real  Property
including  the  Building,  or upon the Term Basic Rent and  Additional  Rent, as
such,  payable to Landlord,  including,  but not limited to, real estate,  city,
county,  village,  school and transit  taxes,  or taxes,  assessments or charges
levied, imposed, or assessed against the Demised Premises including the Building
by any  other  taxing  authority,  whether  general  or  specific,  ordinary  or
extraordinary,  foreseen or unforeseen.  If due to a future change in the method
of taxation,  any  franchise,  income or profit tax or other tax shall be levied
against Landlord in substitution for,
<PAGE>
     or in lieu of, or in addition to, any tax which would otherwise  constitute
a Real Estate Tax,  such  franchise,  income or profit tax or other tax shall be
deemed  to be a Real  Estate  Tax  for  the  purposes  hereof;  conversely,  any
additional real estate tax hereafter imposed in substitution for, or in lieu of,
any franchise,  income or profit tax or other tax (which is not in  substitution
for,  or in lieu of,  or in  addition  to,  a Real  Estate  Tax as  hereinbefore
provided) shall not be deemed a Real Estate Tax for the purposes. hereof.

     Section  29.15.  Additional  Rent.  Additional  Rent shall mean all sums in
addition  to Term  Basic  Rent  payable by Tenant to  Landlord  pursuant  to the
provisions of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE XXX
                               Personal Liability

     Section 30.01.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  provided in this
Lease, it is specifically  understood and agreed, such agreement being a primary
consideration  for the execution of this Lease by Landlord,  that there shall be
absolutely  no  personal  liability  on the part of  Landlord,  its  successors,
assigns or any  mortgagee  in  possession  (for the  purposes  of this  Section,
collectively  referred  to as  "Landlord"),  with  respect  to any of the terms,
covenants and conditions of this Lease, and that Tenant shall look solely to the
equity of Landlord in the Building for the satisfaction of each and every remedy
of Tenant in the event of any breach by Landlord of any of the terms,  covenants
and  conditions of this Lease to be performed by Landlord,  such  exculpation of
liability to be absolute and without any exceptions whatsoever.


                                  ARTICLE XXXI

                                 Renewal option

     Section 31.01.  Tenant is hereby granted an option to renew this Lease upon
the following terms and conditions:

     (A)At the time of the  exercise  of the  option to renew and at the time of
the said renewal,  the Tenant shall not be default in accordance  with the terms
and provisions of this Lease, and shall be in possession of the Demised Premises
pursuant to this Lease.

     (B)Notice  of the  exercise of the option  shall be sent to the Landlord in
writing  at least  nine (9) months  before  the  expiration  of the Term of this
Lease.

     (C)The renewal term (herein "Extended Term") shall be for the term of three
(3) years,  to commence at the expiration of the Term of this Lease,  and all of
the terms and  conditions of this Lease,  other than the Term Basic Rent,  shall
apply during any such renewal term.

     (D)The  Annual  Basic Rent to be paid during the  Extended  Term (August 1,
2000  through  July 31, 2003) shall accrue at the rate equal to the Annual Basic
Rent paid  during  the last year of the Term  [Sixty-one  Thousand  Six  hundred
Thirty-nine  and 20/100  ($61,639.20)  Dollars,  increased by the  percentage of
increase in the index now known
<PAGE>
     as the  Revised  Consumer  Price Index for All Urban  Consumers  of the New
York,  N.Y.-Northeastern,  New Jersey area as  published  by the Bureau of Labor
Statistics of the United States Department of Labor  (1982-84-100)  (hereinafter
"Index")  between  May 1997 and May  2000,  but in no event to be less  than the
Annual  Basic  Rent  paid for the  Demised  Premises  for the  last  year of the
original Term of the Lease..  If, at the time required for the  determination of
the renewal  rent the  aforesaid  Index is no longer  published  or issued,  the
parties shall use such other index as is then generally  recognized and accepted
for similar determinations of cost of living increases.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have hereunto set their hands and
seals the day and year first above written.

                                   BONANNO REAL ESTATE GROUP III, L.P., Landlord



                                   BY:
                                   THOMAS P. BONNANO, JR.,
                                   General Partner

                                   IMAGING DYNAMICS, INC., Tenant
  
                                   By:
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


                      CONSENT OF THOMAS A. MONAHAN, C.P.A.




         The undersigned,  THOMAS A. MONAHAN, C.P.A., hereby consents to the use
of his  name and the use of his  Opinion  dated  October  17,  1997 for  Imaging
Dynamics,  Inc. (the "Company") as filed with its Registration Statement on Form
SB-2, in this  Amendment  No. 1 to the Form SB-2  Registration  Statement  being
filed by the Company.



Dated : October 17, 1997


                                                           /s/ Thomas A. Monahan
                                                       THOMAS A. MONAHAN, C.P.A.



                                LAMPERT & LAMPERT
                                ATTORNEYS AT LAW
                               10 EAST 40TH Street
                               NEW YORK, NEW YORK
                            TELEPHONE (212) 889-7300
                            TELECOPIER (212) 889-5732


MITCHELL LAMPERT*                                               IRWIN S. LAMPERT
DARREN LAMPERT                                                  OF COUNSEL
      --
MICHAEL H. FERENCE*
      --
*NEW YORK AND NEW JERSEY


                              CONSENT OF ATTORNEYS

         The undersigned,  LAMPERT & LAMPERT, hereby consent of our name and the
use of our  Opinion  dated  October 20, 1997 for  Imaging  Dynamics,  Inc.  (The
"Company")  as filed  with this  Amendment  No. 1 to the Form SB-2  Registration
Statement being filed by the Company.

Dated:   October 21, 1997


                                                              LAMPERT & LAMPERT



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission